TW202404815A - Optical laminate - Google Patents

Optical laminate Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202404815A
TW202404815A TW111129382A TW111129382A TW202404815A TW 202404815 A TW202404815 A TW 202404815A TW 111129382 A TW111129382 A TW 111129382A TW 111129382 A TW111129382 A TW 111129382A TW 202404815 A TW202404815 A TW 202404815A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
layer
film
material layer
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW111129382A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
永安智
幡中伸行
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202404815A publication Critical patent/TW202404815A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)

Abstract

An object of the present invention is to provide an optical laminate having a liquid crystal polarizer and a liquid crystal retardation layer formed using a polymerizable liquid crystal compound realizes excellent wet heat durability. The optical laminate comprises a protective layer, a liquid crystal polarizer, a first bonding layer, a first liquid crystal retardation layer, a second bonding layer, a second liquid crystal retardation layer, and a third bonding layer in this order. The liquid crystal polarizer comprises a cured product layer of a first liquid crystal composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The first bonding layer is a cured product layer of an active energy ray curable composition. Each of the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer comprises a cured product layer of a second liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The glass transition temperatures of the second bonding layer and the third bonding layer are both 25 DEG C or lower.

Description

光學積層體 optical laminate

本發明係有關一種光學積層體。 The present invention relates to an optical laminate.

有機EL顯示裝置已知有可使顯示畫面彎折或捲繞的可撓性顯示裝置。為了抑制外光反射,在有機EL顯示裝置可使用積層有偏光元件與相位差元件之圓偏光板。被適用於可撓性顯示裝置之圓偏光板係被要求減少在彎曲部之光學特性的降低,且不易因彎曲而產生龜裂(例如,專利文獻1等)。 As an organic EL display device, a flexible display device in which a display screen can be bent or rolled is known. In order to suppress external light reflection, a circularly polarizing plate in which a polarizing element and a phase difference element are laminated can be used in an organic EL display device. Circular polarizing plates applied to flexible display devices are required to reduce the degradation of optical characteristics at bends and to be less likely to cause cracks due to bending (for example, Patent Document 1, etc.).

[先前技術文獻] [Prior technical literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]國際公開第2016/158300號 [Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2016/158300

將圓偏光板薄型化時,可減少有機EL顯示裝置之厚度,並容易提高有機EL顯示裝置之彎折性等。因此,作為構成圓偏光板之偏光元 件及相位差元件者,有藉由使用以液晶化合物取代樹脂膜所形成的液晶偏光件及液晶相位差層,而將圓偏光板薄型化之情形。然而,具備液晶偏光件及液晶相位差層之圓偏光板被曝露於濕熱環境下時,有在圓偏光板會被辨識出海島狀之不均(濃淡)之情形。 When the circular polarizing plate is made thinner, the thickness of the organic EL display device can be reduced, and the bendability of the organic EL display device can be easily improved. Therefore, as the polarizing element constituting the circular polarizing plate For components and retardation elements, there are cases where the circular polarizing plate is thinned by using a liquid crystal polarizer and a liquid crystal retardation layer formed by replacing the resin film with a liquid crystal compound. However, when a circularly polarizing plate equipped with a liquid crystal polarizer and a liquid crystal retardation layer is exposed to a hot and humid environment, island-like unevenness (shading) may be recognized in the circularly polarizing plate.

本發明之目的係在具備使用聚合性液晶化合物所形成的液晶偏光件及液晶相位差層之光學積層體中,實現優異的耐濕熱性。 An object of the present invention is to achieve excellent heat and moisture resistance in an optical laminate including a liquid crystal polarizer and a liquid crystal retardation layer formed using a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

本發明係提供下列之光學積層體。 The present invention provides the following optical laminate.

〔1〕一種光學積層體,係依序包含保護層、液晶偏光件、第1貼合層、第1液晶相位差層、第2貼合層、第2液晶相位差層、及第3貼合層,其中, [1] An optical laminate including a protective layer, a liquid crystal polarizer, a first bonding layer, a first liquid crystal retardation layer, a second bonding layer, a second liquid crystal retardation layer, and a third bonding layer in this order layer, where,

前述液晶偏光件係包含第1液晶組成物的硬化物層,該第1液晶組成物的硬化物層係含有二色性色素與聚合性液晶化合物, The aforementioned liquid crystal polarizing element includes a cured material layer of a first liquid crystal composition, and the cured material layer of the first liquid crystal composition contains a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound,

前述第1液晶相位差層及前述第2液晶相位差層皆包含含有聚合性液晶化合物之第2液晶組成物的硬化物層, The first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer both include a hardened material layer of a second liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound,

前述第1貼合層係活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層, The aforementioned first bonding layer is a hardened material layer of an active energy ray curable composition,

前述第2貼合層及前述第3貼合層之玻璃轉移溫度皆為25℃以下。 The glass transition temperatures of the aforementioned second bonding layer and the aforementioned third bonding layer are both 25°C or lower.

〔2〕如〔1〕所述之光學積層體,其中,前述第1貼合層為自由基聚合性接著劑組成物之硬化物層。 [2] The optical laminate according to [1], wherein the first bonding layer is a cured layer of a radically polymerizable adhesive composition.

〔3〕如〔1〕或〔2〕所述之光學積層體,其中,前述保護層、前述液晶偏光件、前述第1液晶相位差層、及前述第2液晶相位差層之厚度皆為未達20.0μm。 [3] The optical laminate according to [1] or [2], wherein the thicknesses of the protective layer, the liquid crystal polarizer, the first liquid crystal retardation layer, and the second liquid crystal retardation layer are all unspecified. up to 20.0μm.

〔4〕如〔1〕至〔3〕中任一項所述之光學積層體,其中,將從前述保護層之與前述液晶偏光件側為相反側之表面至前述第3貼合層之與前述第2液晶相位差層側為相反側之表面的距離設為D1[μm]時, [4] The optical laminate according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the surface from the surface of the protective layer opposite to the side of the liquid crystal polarizer to the surface of the third bonding layer When the distance between the surface of the second liquid crystal retardation layer and the opposite side is D1 [μm],

前述第2貼合層及前述第3貼合層之合計厚度D2[μm]為D1之40%以上70%以下。 The total thickness D2 [μm] of the second bonding layer and the third bonding layer is 40% or more and 70% or less of D1.

〔5〕如〔1〕至〔4〕中任一項所述之光學積層體,係更具有被覆前述液晶偏光件之前述第1貼合層側的表面之被覆層(overcoat layer)(第2保護層)。 [5] The optical laminate according to any one of [1] to [4] further includes an overcoat layer (second layer) that covers the surface of the liquid crystal polarizer on the side of the first bonding layer. protective layer).

依據本發明可提供一種光學積層體,其係具備使用聚合性液晶化合物所形成的液晶偏光件及液晶相位差層,且耐濕熱性優異。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical laminate that includes a liquid crystal polarizer and a liquid crystal retardation layer formed using a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and has excellent moisture and heat resistance.

1:光學積層體 1: Optical laminated body

10:偏光板 10:Polarizing plate

11:保護層 11:Protective layer

15:液晶偏光件 15:LCD polarizer

18:被覆層(第2保護層) 18: Covering layer (second protective layer)

21:第1液晶相位差層 21: 1st liquid crystal phase difference layer

22:第2液晶相位差層 22: 2nd liquid crystal phase difference layer

31:第1貼合層 31: 1st laminating layer

32:第2貼合層 32: 2nd laminating layer

33:第3貼合層 33: The third laminating layer

38:分離膜 38:Separation membrane

50:支撐部 50:Support part

51:基板 51:Substrate

52:框體 52:Frame

53:旋轉桌台 53: Rotating table

54:活塞 54:Piston

55:夾架 55:Clamp frame

60:旋轉工具 60: Rotary tool

500:試驗片 500:Test piece

501,502:夾具 501,502: Fixture

B:研磨刀刃 B: Grinding the blade

R:旋轉軸 R: rotation axis

W:積層物 W: laminated material

圖1係示意性表示本發明之實施型態的光學積層體之一例的剖面圖。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of an optical laminate according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖2係說明實施例之彎曲性試驗的方法之概略圖。 FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating the bending test method of the embodiment.

圖3係示意性表示在實施例使用的端面加工裝置之概略剖面圖。 FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view schematically showing the end surface processing device used in the embodiment.

以下,參照圖示說明光學積層體之較佳的實施型態。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the optical laminate will be described with reference to the drawings.

(光學積層體) (Optical laminated body)

圖1係示意性表示本發明之實施型態的光學積層體之一例的剖面圖。如圖1所示,光學積層體1係依序包含保護層11、液晶偏光件15、第1貼合層31、第1液晶相位差層21、第2貼合層32、第2液晶相位差層22、及第3貼合層33。光學積層體1係可更具有將液晶偏光件15之第1貼合層31側的表面被覆之被覆層(第2保護層)18。在光學積層體1中,不含有被覆層18時,保護層11及液晶偏光件15為構成偏光板10,包含被覆層18時,保護層11、液晶偏光件15、及被覆層18可構成偏光板10。偏光板係具有將與吸收軸平行的偏光成分吸收,將與吸收軸正交之偏光成分穿透之功能。在光學積層體1所具備之第3貼合層33的與第2液晶相位差層22側相反側處,亦可貼附對第3貼合層33為可剝離的分離膜38。光學積層體1與分離膜38係構成附分離膜的光學積層體。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of an optical laminate according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , the optical laminated body 1 includes a protective layer 11 , a liquid crystal polarizer 15 , a first bonding layer 31 , a first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 , a second bonding layer 32 , and a second liquid crystal retardation layer in this order. layer 22 and the third bonding layer 33. The optical laminated body 1 may further include a coating layer (second protective layer) 18 that covers the surface of the liquid crystal polarizer 15 on the first bonding layer 31 side. In the optical laminate 1, when the coating layer 18 is not included, the protective layer 11 and the liquid crystal polarizer 15 constitute the polarizing plate 10. When the coating layer 18 is included, the protective layer 11, the liquid crystal polarizer 15, and the coating layer 18 constitute the polarizer. Plate 10. The polarizing plate has the function of absorbing the polarized light components parallel to the absorption axis and transmitting the polarized light components orthogonal to the absorption axis. On the side of the third bonding layer 33 included in the optical laminated body 1 opposite to the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 side, a release film 38 releasable from the third bonding layer 33 may be attached. The optical laminate 1 and the separation film 38 constitute an optical laminate with a separation film.

在光學積層體1中較佳為第1貼合層31與偏光板10及第1液晶相位差層21直接相接,第2貼合層32與第1液晶相位差層21及第2液晶相位差層22直接相接,第3貼合層33第2液晶相位差層22與直接相接。第1貼合層31可與構成偏光板10之液晶偏光件15直接相接,亦可與構成偏光板10之被覆層18直接相接。在偏光板10中,較佳為保護層11與液晶偏光件15為直接相接,液晶偏光件15與被覆層18為直接相接。 In the optical laminated body 1, it is preferable that the first bonding layer 31 is in direct contact with the polarizing plate 10 and the first liquid crystal phase difference layer 21, and the second bonding layer 32 is in direct contact with the first liquid crystal phase difference layer 21 and the second liquid crystal phase difference layer 21. The difference layer 22 is in direct contact with the third bonding layer 33 and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 in direct contact with each other. The first bonding layer 31 may be directly connected to the liquid crystal polarizer 15 constituting the polarizing plate 10 , or may be directly connected to the covering layer 18 constituting the polarizing plate 10 . In the polarizing plate 10, it is preferable that the protective layer 11 and the liquid crystal polarizer 15 are in direct contact, and the liquid crystal polarizer 15 and the covering layer 18 are in direct contact.

保護層11係可構成光學積層體1之辨識側的最表面,可被覆液晶偏光件15之表面而進行保護。保護層11之與液晶偏光件15側為相反側的表面通常係暴露於大氣之表面,並對保護層11之該表面以可剝離的表面保護膜(protect film)被覆的表面;或者是,以用以貼合前面板之厚度50μm以上的黏著劑層(pressure sensitive adhesive layer)被覆之表面。換 言之,保護層11係由存在於從液晶偏光件15之保護層11側的表面,至保護層11之上述表面為止的範圍內之層構成保護層11。 The protective layer 11 can constitute the outermost surface of the viewing side of the optical laminate 1 and can cover and protect the surface of the liquid crystal polarizer 15 . The surface of the protective layer 11 opposite to the side of the liquid crystal polarizer 15 is usually a surface exposed to the atmosphere, and the surface of the protective layer 11 is covered with a peelable surface protection film; or, Used to adhere to the surface covered by a pressure sensitive adhesive layer with a thickness of more than 50 μm on the front panel. Change In other words, the protective layer 11 is composed of layers existing in the range from the surface of the liquid crystal polarizer 15 on the protective layer 11 side to the above-mentioned surface of the protective layer 11 .

保護層11係可具有單層結構,亦可具有多層結構。保護層11以包含樹脂層為較佳。保護層11亦可包含例如第1基材層(後述)之一部份或全部,該第1基材層係被塗佈用以形成液晶偏光件15之第1液晶組成物(後述)。保護層11之詳細內容係後述。 The protective layer 11 may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. The protective layer 11 preferably includes a resin layer. The protective layer 11 may also include, for example, part or all of a first base material layer (described later) coated with a first liquid crystal composition (described later) for forming the liquid crystal polarizer 15 . The details of the protective layer 11 will be described later.

液晶偏光件15係包含第1液晶組成物的硬化物層,該第1液晶組成物係含有二色性色素與聚合性液晶化合物。藉由液晶偏光件15為第1液晶組成物之硬化物層,相較於在聚乙烯醇系樹脂膜吸附配向有二色性色素之偏光件,可減少液晶偏光件15之厚度,故可使光學積層體1薄型化。液晶偏光件15係可具有僅由上述硬化物層所構成的單層結構,亦可具有多層結構,該多層結構係除了上述硬化物層以外,還含有用以使第1液晶組成物所含有的聚合性液晶化合物(後述)配向之第1配向膜。液晶偏光件15之詳細內容係後述。 The liquid crystal polarizer 15 includes a hardened material layer of a first liquid crystal composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Since the liquid crystal polarizer 15 is the hardened material layer of the first liquid crystal composition, compared with a polarizer in which a dichroic pigment is adsorbed and aligned on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film, the thickness of the liquid crystal polarizer 15 can be reduced, so it can be used. The optical laminated body 1 is made thinner. The liquid crystal polarizer 15 may have a single-layer structure composed only of the above-mentioned hardened material layer, or may have a multi-layered structure containing, in addition to the above-mentioned hardened material layer, the first liquid crystal composition. The first alignment film is aligned with a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (described later). The details of the liquid crystal polarizer 15 will be described later.

第1液晶相位差層21及第2液晶相位差層22皆包含含有聚合性液晶化合物之第2液晶組成物的硬化物層。藉由第1液晶相位差層21及第2液晶相位差層22為第2液晶組成物之硬化物層,相較於使用樹脂膜之相位差層,可減少第1液晶相位差層21及第2液晶相位差層22之厚度,故可使光學積層體1薄型化。第1液晶相位差層21及第2液晶相位差層22係可具有僅由上述之硬化物層所構成的單層結構,亦可具有多層結構,該多層結構係除了上述之硬化物層以外,還含有用以使聚合性液晶化合物配向之第2配向膜。第1液晶相位差層21與第2液晶相位差層22可包含 由彼此相同的第2液晶組成物所形成的硬化物層,亦可包含彼此相異的第2液晶組成物之硬化物層。 Both the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 include a hardened material layer of a second liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Since the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 are the hardened material layers of the second liquid crystal composition, compared with the retardation layer using a resin film, the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 can be reduced. 2 thickness of the liquid crystal retardation layer 22, the optical laminate 1 can be made thin. The first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 may have a single-layer structure composed only of the above-mentioned hardened material layer, or may have a multi-layer structure in which, in addition to the above-mentioned hardened material layer, It also contains a second alignment film for aligning the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The first liquid crystal phase difference layer 21 and the second liquid crystal phase difference layer 22 may include The hardened material layers formed of the same second liquid crystal composition may also include hardened material layers of different second liquid crystal compositions.

第1貼合層31係活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層。在光學積層體1中,液晶偏光件15為第1液晶組成物之硬化物層,第1液晶相位差層21及第2液晶相位差層22為第2液晶組成物之硬化物層。因此,可減少液晶偏光件15、第1液晶相位差層21及第2液晶相位差層22之厚度,而可將光學積層體1薄型化。 The first bonding layer 31 is a hardened material layer of an active energy ray curable composition. In the optical laminated body 1, the liquid crystal polarizer 15 is a cured material layer of the first liquid crystal composition, and the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 are cured material layers of the second liquid crystal composition. Therefore, the thicknesses of the liquid crystal polarizer 15, the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21, and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 can be reduced, and the optical laminated body 1 can be made thinner.

藉由第1貼合層31為活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層,光學積層體1被曝露於濕熱環境下時,可抑制與穿透軸方向平行的穿透光之穿透率降低,故可抑制在光學積層體1辨識到海島狀不均勻(濃淡)。該理由係被推測如下。相較於玻璃轉移溫度為25℃以下之貼合層(以下,亦稱為「黏著劑層」),活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層係交聯密度較大。因此,與黏著劑層進行比較時,在活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層容易抑制液晶偏光件15所含有的二色性色素擴散至存在於液晶偏光件15之第1液晶相位差層21側的層,並可抑制在光學積層體1內二色性色素之配向混亂。如上述,第1貼合層31為活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層的光學積層體1,係可抑制曝露於濕熱環境下時之上述穿透率的降低。藉此,可抑制在光學積層體1辨識到海島狀不均勻(濃淡),提供耐濕熱性優異的光學積層體1。 Since the first bonding layer 31 is a hardened material layer of the active energy ray curable composition, when the optical laminate 1 is exposed to a hot and humid environment, the transmittance of the transmitted light parallel to the transmission axis direction can be suppressed from decreasing. , it is possible to suppress the recognition of island-like unevenness (shading) in the optical laminate 1 . The reason for this is presumed as follows. Compared with the lamination layer with a glass transition temperature of 25°C or lower (hereinafter also referred to as the "adhesive layer"), the cured material layer of the active energy ray curable composition has a higher cross-linking density. Therefore, when compared with the adhesive layer, the cured layer of the active energy ray curable composition can easily suppress the dichroic dye contained in the liquid crystal polarizer 15 from diffusing to the first liquid crystal retardation layer present in the liquid crystal polarizer 15 The layer on the 21 side can suppress the disorder of the alignment of the dichroic dye in the optical laminate 1. As described above, the optical laminate 1 in which the first bonding layer 31 is a cured layer of an active energy ray curable composition can suppress the above-mentioned decrease in transmittance when exposed to a hot and humid environment. This can suppress the recognition of sea-island unevenness (shading) in the optical laminated body 1 and provide the optical laminated body 1 excellent in moisture and heat resistance.

藉由使用活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層作為第1貼合層31,相較於使用黏著劑層時,亦可光學積層體1不容易殘留承受來自外部之力時之傷痕。尤其是,在光學積層體1之保護層11的厚度較小時(例 如,15μm以下時),為了不容易在光學積層體1產失傷痕,較佳為第1貼合層31為活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層。 By using the hardened material layer of the active energy ray curable composition as the first bonding layer 31, compared with using an adhesive layer, the optical laminate 1 is less likely to have scratches when it is subjected to external force. In particular, when the thickness of the protective layer 11 of the optical laminate 1 is small (for example For example, 15 μm or less), in order to prevent scratches from easily occurring on the optical laminate 1, it is preferable that the first bonding layer 31 is a hardened material layer of an active energy ray curable composition.

用以形成第1貼合層31之活性能量線硬化性組成物係以自由基聚合性接著劑組成物為較佳。亦即,第1貼合層31係以自由基聚合性接著劑組成物之硬化物層為較佳。自由基聚合性接著劑組成物係藉由硬化反應形成交聯結構且硬度上昇的速度快,因而在活性能量線之照射後可立刻形成具有充分的硬度的硬化物層。相對於此,陽離子聚合性接著劑組成物係徐緩地進行硬化反應,故活性能量線剛照射後殘存有未硬化成分,相較於自由基聚合性接著劑組成物之硬化物層,有不易獲得在活性能量線之照射後立刻得到具有充分的硬度之硬化物層的傾向。因此,與陽離子聚合性接著劑組成物之硬化物層進行比較,自由基聚合性接著劑組成物之硬化物層係被認為在剛硬化後承受來自外部的力時不易變形,可不易在光學積層體1殘留異物咬入痕跡。 The active energy ray curable composition used to form the first bonding layer 31 is preferably a radical polymerizable adhesive composition. That is, the first bonding layer 31 is preferably a hardened material layer of a radically polymerizable adhesive composition. The radically polymerizable adhesive composition forms a cross-linked structure through a hardening reaction and the hardness rises quickly, so a hardened material layer with sufficient hardness can be formed immediately after irradiation of active energy rays. In contrast, the cationically polymerizable adhesive composition undergoes a curing reaction slowly, so uncured components remain immediately after active energy ray irradiation. Compared with the cured layer of the radically polymerizable adhesive composition, it is difficult to obtain. A hardened material layer with sufficient hardness tends to be obtained immediately after irradiation of active energy rays. Therefore, compared with the hardened material layer of the cationic polymerizable adhesive composition, the hardened material layer of the radical polymerizable adhesive composition is considered to be less likely to deform when subjected to external force immediately after hardening, and is less likely to be optically laminated. There are traces of foreign body bites remaining on body 1.

光學積層體1通常係製作成長條體,故藉由第1貼合層31所貼合的層亦為長條體。將如此的長條體使用貼合輥及搬送輥搬送時,藉由與此等輥的接觸,有在所得到的光學積層體1產生異物咬入痕跡之情形。如上述,第1貼合層31為自由基聚合性接著劑組成物之硬化物層時,由於即使在剛硬化後亦可獲得充分的硬度,故承受來自外部的力時不易變形,可抑制在光學積層體1產生異物咬入痕跡。 The optical laminated body 1 is usually made into a long body, so the layer bonded by the first bonding layer 31 is also a long body. When such a long body is conveyed using a laminating roller and a conveying roller, the contact with these rollers may cause foreign matter bite marks to be produced in the optical layered body 1 obtained. As described above, when the first bonding layer 31 is a cured layer of a radically polymerizable adhesive composition, sufficient hardness can be obtained even immediately after curing, so that it is less likely to deform when receiving force from the outside, and can suppress deformation. The optical laminate 1 has traces of foreign matter being bitten into it.

相對於此,第1貼合層31為陽離子系接著劑組成物之硬化物層時,容易以硬化反應未充分進行的狀態與貼合輥或搬送輥接觸。因此,相較於使用第1貼合層31為自由基聚合性接著劑組成物之硬化物層的情 形,容易在光學積層體1產生異物咬入痕跡。第1貼合層31之詳細內容係後述。 On the other hand, when the first bonding layer 31 is a hardened material layer of a cationic adhesive composition, it is easy to come into contact with the bonding roller or the conveying roller in a state where the curing reaction does not fully proceed. Therefore, compared with the case where the first bonding layer 31 is a cured layer of a radically polymerizable adhesive composition, shape, it is easy for foreign matter to bite into the optical laminate 1. The details of the first bonding layer 31 will be described later.

第2貼合層32及第3貼合層33較佳為玻璃轉移溫度(以下,亦稱為「Tg」)為25℃以下之貼合層。Tg為25℃以下的貼合層係可指使用黏著劑組成物(感壓式接著劑)所形成之所謂的黏著劑層。第3貼合層33係可為用以將光學積層體1貼合於顯示裝置之顯示元件的貼合層。第3貼合層33之Tg為25℃以下時,亦可在光學積層體1的第3貼合層33之與第2液晶相位差層22側為相反側貼附分離膜38。 It is preferable that the second bonding layer 32 and the third bonding layer 33 have a glass transition temperature (hereinafter also referred to as "Tg") of 25°C or less. A bonding layer with a Tg of 25°C or lower may refer to a so-called adhesive layer formed using an adhesive composition (pressure-sensitive adhesive). The third bonding layer 33 can be a bonding layer for bonding the optical laminated body 1 to the display element of the display device. When the Tg of the third bonding layer 33 is 25° C. or less, the separation film 38 may be bonded on the side of the third bonding layer 33 of the optical laminate 1 opposite to the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 side.

如圖1所示,將從保護層11之與液晶偏光件15側為相反側之表面,至第3貼合層33之與第2液晶相位差層22側為相反側之表面為止的距離設為D1[μm]時,第1貼合層31、第2貼合層32、及第3貼合層33中的Tg為25℃以下之層(黏著劑層)的合計厚度Dt[μm],係以距離D1之40%以上70%以下為較佳,以40%以上67%以下為更佳,可為45%以上65%以下,亦可為50%以上65%以下。在光學積層體1中,第1貼合層31、第2貼合層32、及第3貼合層33中的Tg為25℃以下之層(黏著劑層)係第2貼合層32及第3貼合層33。因此,合計厚度Dt係相等於第2貼合層32之厚度與第3貼合層33之厚度的合計厚度D2[μm]。此時,合計厚度D2係以距離D1之40%以上70%以下為較佳,以40%以上67%以下為更佳,可為45%以上65%以下,亦可為50%以上65%以下。 As shown in FIG. 1 , the distance from the surface of the protective layer 11 on the opposite side to the liquid crystal polarizer 15 side to the surface of the third bonding layer 33 on the opposite side to the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 side is defined as When D1 [μm], Tg in the first bonding layer 31, the second bonding layer 32, and the third bonding layer 33 is the total thickness Dt [μm] of the layers (adhesive layer) with a temperature of 25°C or lower, The distance D1 is preferably not less than 40% and not more than 70%, more preferably not less than 40% and not more than 67%, it can be not less than 45% and not more than 65%, or it can be not less than 50% and not more than 65%. In the optical laminate 1, among the first bonding layer 31, the second bonding layer 32, and the third bonding layer 33, the layer (adhesive layer) whose Tg is 25° C. or lower is the second bonding layer 32 and The third bonding layer 33. Therefore, the total thickness Dt is equal to the total thickness D2 [μm] of the thickness of the second bonding layer 32 and the thickness of the third bonding layer 33 . At this time, the total thickness D2 is preferably not less than 40% and not more than 70% of the distance D1, more preferably not less than 40% and not more than 67%, and may be not less than 45% and not more than 65%, or may be not less than 50% and not more than 65%. .

光學積層體1係由於上述薄型化而容易彎曲,故可適合使用於顯示畫面可彎折或捲繞的可撓性顯示裝置。將光學積層體1適用於可撓性顯示裝置並使其彎曲時,合計厚度D2小於上述範圍時,因伴隨彎曲之 第3貼合層33的伸縮,第3貼合層33變得容易破碎。另一方面,第2貼合層32及第3貼合層33之合計厚度D2大於上述範圍時,在光學積層體1之研磨加工中,在第1液晶相位差層21及/或第2液晶相位差層22變得容易產生龜裂。對光學積層體1施以加工處理之衝撃時,Tg為25℃以下之第2貼合層32及第3貼合層33係有其合計厚度愈大愈容易變形之傾向。第2貼合層32及第3貼合層33大幅度地變形時,由於伴隨此而引起第1液晶相位差層21及/或第2液晶相位差層22之變形,故認為第1液晶相位差層21及/或第2液晶相位差層22變得容易產生龜裂。第2貼合層32及第3貼合層33之詳細內容係後述。 The optical laminated body 1 is easily bent due to the above-mentioned thinning, and therefore can be suitably used in a flexible display device in which the display screen can be bent or rolled. When the optical laminated body 1 is applied to a flexible display device and bent, and the total thickness D2 is smaller than the above range, due to the As the third bonding layer 33 expands and contracts, the third bonding layer 33 becomes easily broken. On the other hand, when the total thickness D2 of the second bonding layer 32 and the third bonding layer 33 is greater than the above range, during the polishing process of the optical laminated body 1, the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and/or the second liquid crystal The retardation layer 22 becomes prone to cracks. When the optical laminate 1 is subjected to a processing impact, the second bonding layer 32 and the third bonding layer 33 whose Tg is 25° C. or lower tend to be more easily deformed as their total thickness increases. When the second bonding layer 32 and the third bonding layer 33 are greatly deformed, the deformation of the first liquid crystal phase difference layer 21 and/or the second liquid crystal phase difference layer 22 is caused accordingly. Therefore, it is considered that the first liquid crystal phase difference layer 21 is deformed. The difference layer 21 and/or the second liquid crystal phase difference layer 22 become prone to cracks. The details of the second bonding layer 32 and the third bonding layer 33 will be described later.

在光學積層體1中,保護層11、液晶偏光件15、第1液晶相位差層21、及第2液晶相位差層22之厚度較佳皆未達20.0μm。保護層11、液晶偏光件15、第1液晶相位差層21、及第2液晶相位差層22之厚度只要皆為未達20.0μm即可,分別獨立地較佳為15.0μm以下,更佳為10.0μm以下,再更佳為5.0μm以下,又再更佳為未達5.0μm,特別佳為4.5μm以下,最佳為4.0μm以下、3.5μm以下、或3.0μm以下。保護層11、液晶偏光件15、第1液晶相位差層21、及第2液晶相位差層22之厚度係分別獨立地通常為0.01μm以上,可為0.1μm以上。藉由上述各層的厚度為上述範圍內,變得容易抑制將光學積層體1反覆彎曲時在彎曲部分的反射色相產生之不均。 In the optical laminated body 1 , the thicknesses of the protective layer 11 , the liquid crystal polarizer 15 , the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 , and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 are preferably less than 20.0 μm. The thicknesses of the protective layer 11 , the liquid crystal polarizer 15 , the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 , and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 only need to be less than 20.0 μm, and each independently is preferably 15.0 μm or less, more preferably 10.0 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, still more preferably less than 5.0 μm, particularly preferably 4.5 μm or less, most preferably 4.0 μm or less, 3.5 μm or less, or 3.0 μm or less. The thicknesses of the protective layer 11 , the liquid crystal polarizer 15 , the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 , and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 are each independently usually 0.01 μm or more, and may be 0.1 μm or more. When the thickness of each of the above layers is within the above range, it becomes easy to suppress uneven reflection hue at the bent portion when the optical laminate 1 is repeatedly bent.

保護層11之厚度只要為上述範圍內即可,較佳為0.1μm以上且未達20.0μm,更佳為0.1μm以上10.0μm以下,再更佳為0.1μm以上 未達5.0μm,又再更佳為0.1μm以上4.5μm以下,最佳為0.1μm以上4.0μm以下。 As long as the thickness of the protective layer 11 is within the above range, it is preferably 0.1 μm or more and less than 20.0 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm or more and 10.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.1 μm or more. It is less than 5.0 μm, more preferably not less than 0.1 μm and not more than 4.5 μm, and most preferably not less than 0.1 μm and not more than 4.0 μm.

液晶偏光件15之厚度只要為上述範圍內即可,但較佳為0.1μm以上10.0μm以下,更佳為0.3μm以上5.0μm以下,再更佳為0.5μm以上3.0μm以下。 The thickness of the liquid crystal polarizer 15 only needs to be within the above range, but it is preferably 0.1 μm or more and 10.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.3 μm or more and 5.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.5 μm or more and 3.0 μm or less.

第1液晶相位差層21及第2液晶相位差層22之厚度只要為上述範圍內即可,但分別獨立地較佳為例如0.1μm以上10.0μm以下,更佳為0.3μm以上5.0μm以下,再更佳為0.3μm以上3.0μm以下。 The thickness of the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 only needs to be within the above range, but each independently preferably is, for example, 0.1 μm or more and 10.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.3 μm or more and 5.0 μm or less. More preferably, it is 0.3 μm or more and 3.0 μm or less.

光學積層體1可為圓偏光板,此時,可使用光學積層體1作為抗反射膜。 The optical laminated body 1 may be a circular polarizing plate. In this case, the optical laminated body 1 may be used as an anti-reflection film.

(光學積層體之製造方法) (Method for manufacturing optical laminate)

光學積層體1係可積層保護層11、液晶偏光件15、第1貼合層31、第1液晶相位差層21、第2貼合層32、第2液晶相位差層22、及第3貼合層33而製造。各層之積層順序並無特別限制。例如,[i]可在積層有保護層11與液晶偏光件15之積層體上,將隔著第2貼合層32而積層有第1液晶相位差層21與第2液晶相位差層22之積層體(相位差體),隔著第1貼合層31積層之後積層第3貼合層33;[ii]亦可在積層有保護層11與液晶偏光件15之積層體上,隔著第1貼合層31積層第1液晶相位差層21之後,隔著第2貼合層32積層第2液晶相位差層22,進一步積層第3貼合層33。 The optical laminated body 1 can be laminated with a protective layer 11, a liquid crystal polarizer 15, a first bonding layer 31, a first liquid crystal retardation layer 21, a second bonding layer 32, a second liquid crystal retardation layer 22, and a third bonding layer. Manufactured by combining layers 33. The order in which the layers are stacked is not particularly limited. For example, [i] on the laminate in which the protective layer 11 and the liquid crystal polarizing element 15 are laminated, the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 can be laminated with the second bonding layer 32 interposed therebetween. The laminated body (retardation body) is laminated with the first bonding layer 31 interposed and then the third bonding layer 33 is laminated thereon; [ii] The protective layer 11 and the liquid crystal polarizing element 15 may be laminated on the laminated body, with the third bonding layer 33 interposed therebetween. After the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 is laminated on the first bonding layer 31, the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 is laminated via the second bonding layer 32, and the third bonding layer 33 is further laminated.

(顯示裝置) (display device)

光學積層體1係可適用於顯示裝置。顯示裝置係包含光學積層體1、及顯示元件,光學積層體1係被配置於顯示元件之辨識側。光學積層體1係可使用第3貼合層33而貼合於顯示元件。 The optical laminate 1 system can be applied to a display device. The display device includes an optical laminated body 1 and a display element. The optical laminated body 1 is arranged on the viewing side of the display element. The optical laminated body 1 can be bonded to a display element using the third bonding layer 33 .

顯示裝置並無特別限定,可列舉例如:有機電致發光(有機EL)顯示裝置、無機電致發光(無機EL)顯示裝置、液晶顯示裝置、電場發光顯示裝置等顯示裝置。光學積層體1為圓偏光板時,可適合作為有機EL顯示裝置之抗反射膜使用。光學積層體1係可適合使用於顯示畫面可彎折或捲繞的可撓性顯示裝置。 The display device is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include display devices such as organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display devices, inorganic electroluminescence (inorganic EL) display devices, liquid crystal display devices, and electroluminescence display devices. When the optical laminate 1 is a circular polarizing plate, it can be suitably used as an anti-reflection film for an organic EL display device. The optical laminate 1 can be suitably used in a flexible display device in which the display screen can be bent or rolled.

顯示裝置係可作為智慧型手機、平板電腦等攜帶型機器;電視、數位相框、電子看板、測定器或儀器類、事務用機器、醫療機器、電算機器等使用。 The display device can be used as portable devices such as smartphones and tablets; televisions, digital photo frames, electronic signage, measuring instruments or instruments, office equipment, medical equipment, computer equipment, etc.

以下,針對構成光學積層體之各構件、為了製造各層所使用的構件之詳細內容進行說明。 Hereinafter, details of each member constituting the optical laminated body and members used for manufacturing each layer will be described.

(偏光板) (Polarizing plate)

偏光板係包含液晶偏光件之膜,且發揮液晶偏光件之光學功能的膜。偏光板係可單獨為液晶偏光件,亦可為此與保護層被直接積層的積層體,也可為保護層、液晶偏光件與被覆層(第2保護層)被直接積層的積層體。 The polarizing plate is a film containing a liquid crystal polarizer and exerting the optical function of the liquid crystal polarizer. The polarizing plate may be a liquid crystal polarizer alone, a laminated body directly laminated with a protective layer, or a laminated body in which a protective layer, a liquid crystal polarizer, and a covering layer (second protective layer) are directly laminated.

偏光板之偏光性能係可使用分光光度計測定。例如,可使用在分光光度計安裝有稜鏡偏光件的裝置並以雙束法,在屬於可見光之波長380nm至780nm的範圍內測定穿透軸方向(配向垂直方向)之穿透率(T1)以及吸收軸方向(配向方向)之穿透率(T2)。在可見光範圍之偏光性能係使用下述式(式1)以及(式2),算出在各波長之單體穿透率、偏光度,再藉由JIS Z 8701之2度視野(C光源)進行視感度修正,可以視感度修正單體穿透率(Ty)及視感度修正偏光度(Py)算出。又,同樣地從測定出之穿透率使用C光源之等色函數,算出在L*a*b*(CIE)表色系之色度a*及b*,藉此可獲得偏光板單體之色相(單體色相)、偏光板經平行配置之色相(平行色相)、偏光板經正交配置之色相(正交色相)。a*及b*係值愈接近0,可判斷為愈中性的色相。 The polarizing properties of polarizing plates can be measured using a spectrophotometer. For example, a spectrophotometer equipped with a polarizing element can be used to measure the transmittance (T1) in the transmission axis direction (alignment vertical direction) in the range of visible light wavelengths from 380 nm to 780 nm using the double-beam method. And the penetration rate (T2) in the absorption axis direction (alignment direction). The polarization performance in the visible light range is calculated by using the following formulas (Formula 1) and (Formula 2) to calculate the monomer transmittance and polarization degree at each wavelength, and then use JIS The visual sensitivity correction of Z 8701's 2-degree field of view (C light source) can be calculated by the visual sensitivity correction single unit transmittance (Ty) and the visual sensitivity correction polarization (Py). Similarly, from the measured transmittance, the chromaticity a* and b* in the L*a*b* (CIE) color system are calculated using the metachromatic function of the C light source, thereby obtaining the polarizing plate monomer. The hue (single hue), the hue of polarizing plates arranged in parallel (parallel hue), and the hue of polarizing plates arranged orthogonally (orthogonal hue). The closer the a* and b* system values are to 0, the more neutral the hue can be judged to be.

單體穿透率[%]=(T1+T2)/2 (式1) Monomer penetration rate [%]=(T1+T2)/2 (Formula 1)

偏光度[%]=〔(T1-T2)/(T1+T2)〕×100 (式2) Polarization degree [%]=〔(T1-T2)/(T1+T2)〕×100 (Formula 2)

偏光板之視感度修正偏光度Py通常為80%以上,較佳為90%以上,更佳為95%以上,再更佳為98%以上,特別佳為99%以上,若為99.9%以上,可適合使用於液晶顯示裝置。增大偏光板之視感度修正偏光度Py,係在提高光學積層體之抗反射功能上有利。視感度修正偏光度Py未達80%時,有使用光學積層體作為抗反射膜時不易發揮充分的抗反射功能之情形。 The visual sensitivity corrected polarization degree Py of the polarizing plate is usually more than 80%, preferably more than 90%, more preferably more than 95%, still more preferably more than 98%, particularly preferably more than 99%, if it is more than 99.9%, Suitable for use in liquid crystal display devices. Increasing the visual sensitivity of the polarizing plate and correcting the polarization degree Py are beneficial in improving the anti-reflection function of the optical laminate. When the visual sensitivity corrected polarization degree Py is less than 80%, it may be difficult to exert a sufficient anti-reflective function when using the optical laminate as an anti-reflective film.

偏光板之視感度修正單體穿透率Ty愈大,則白顯示時之清晰度愈增加,但從上述(式1)與(式2)之關係可知,單體穿透率太大時,有偏光度變小之問題。因此,視感度修正單體穿透率Ty較佳為30%以上60%以下,更佳為35%以上55%以下,再更佳為40%以上50%以下,又再更佳為40%以上45%以下。視感度修正單體穿透率Ty過度地大時,視感度修正偏光度Py變得太小,有使用光學積層體作為抗反射膜時不易發揮充分的抗反射功能之情形。 The greater the visual sensitivity correction monomer transmittance Ty of the polarizer, the greater the clarity of white display. However, from the relationship between (Formula 1) and (Formula 2) above, it can be seen that when the monomer transmittance is too large, There is a problem of reduced polarization. Therefore, the visual sensitivity correction unit transmittance Ty is preferably 30% or more and 60% or less, more preferably 35% or more and 55% or less, still more preferably 40% or more and 50% or less, and still more preferably 40% or more Below 45%. When the sensitivity correction unit transmittance Ty is excessively high, the sensitivity correction polarization degree Py becomes too small, and it may be difficult to exert a sufficient anti-reflection function when the optical laminate is used as an anti-reflection film.

偏光板係[i]如後述,可在第1基材層上直接形成液晶偏光件,並藉由使用該第1基材層作為保護層而獲得;[ii]可使用具有樹脂膜作為第1基材層及形成於其上之表面處理層者,並在該表面處理層上形成液晶偏光件之後,藉由剝離去除第1基材層所含有的樹脂膜,以表面處理層作為保護層而獲得。或者是,[iii]亦可將形成液晶偏光件時使用的第1基材層剝離去除,並在液晶偏光件上積層保護層。偏光板具有被覆層時,只要在第1基材層上之液晶偏光件上形成被覆層即可。 The polarizing plate system [i] can be obtained by directly forming a liquid crystal polarizer on a first base material layer as described later and using the first base material layer as a protective layer; [ii] can have a resin film as the first The base material layer and the surface treatment layer formed on it, and after forming the liquid crystal polarizer on the surface treatment layer, the resin film contained in the first base material layer is removed by peeling off, and the surface treatment layer is used as a protective layer. obtain. Alternatively, [iii] the first base material layer used when forming the liquid crystal polarizer may be peeled off and removed, and a protective layer may be laminated on the liquid crystal polarizer. When the polarizing plate has a coating layer, the coating layer only needs to be formed on the liquid crystal polarizer on the first base material layer.

(液晶偏光件) (Liquid crystal polarizer)

液晶偏光件係在面內具有吸收軸、及與吸收軸正交之穿透軸,並且吸收與吸收軸平行的偏光成分,且使與穿透軸平行的偏光成分穿透之膜。液晶偏光件係單獨為由包含二色性色素之聚合性液晶化合物的聚合物所構成的層(硬化物層),或是為該層與配向膜之2層構成的膜。在液晶偏光件中,二色性色素在面內朝一方向配向。液晶偏光件係可從包含聚合性液晶化合物與二色性色素之第1液晶組成物,藉由使二色性色素及聚合性液晶化合物單軸配向,而形成為包含由含有二色性色素的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合物所構成的層(硬化物層)者。亦即,液晶偏光件係可藉由內包在聚合性液晶化合物之聚合物中的二色性色素而使光被異向性吸收,藉此而顯現偏光功能。 The liquid crystal polarizing element is a film that has an absorption axis and a transmission axis orthogonal to the absorption axis in a plane, absorbs polarized light components parallel to the absorption axis, and transmits polarized light components parallel to the transmission axis. The liquid crystal polarizer is a layer (hardened material layer) composed of a polymer containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound containing a dichroic dye alone, or a film composed of two layers of this layer and an alignment film. In a liquid crystal polarizer, dichroic pigments are aligned in one direction in the plane. The liquid crystal polarizer can be formed from a first liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a dichroic pigment by uniaxially aligning the dichroic pigment and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. A layer (hardened material layer) composed of a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. That is, the liquid crystal polarizer can exhibit a polarizing function by anisotropically absorbing light due to the dichroic pigment contained in the polymer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

從可任意地控制色相之點、可大幅度薄型化之點、以及幾乎無因熱所產生的延伸緩和且具有非收縮性之點而言,包含第1液晶組成物之硬化物層的液晶偏光件係例如可適合使用於可撓性顯示裝置。 The liquid crystal polarization of the hardened material layer including the first liquid crystal composition is characterized by the fact that the hue can be arbitrarily controlled, that the thickness can be greatly reduced, and that there is almost no stretch relaxation due to heat and is non-shrinkable. The system may be suitable for use in flexible display devices, for example.

液晶偏光件係只要相對於波長λ[nm]之光的配向方向之吸光度A1(λ)與配向面內垂直方向之吸光度A2(λ)的比(二色比;A1(λ)/A2(λ))為7以上則較佳,只要為20以上則更佳,再更佳為40以上。該值愈大,則越可稱作吸收選擇性優異的液晶偏光件。雖然依二色性色素之種類而定,但在以向列型液晶相之狀態硬化成的硬化物層時,上述之比為約5至10。 The liquid crystal polarizer only needs the ratio of the absorbance A1(λ) in the alignment direction of light with wavelength λ [nm] to the absorbance A2(λ) in the vertical direction within the alignment plane (dichroic ratio; A1(λ)/A2(λ) )) is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 20 or more, and still more preferably 40 or more. The larger this value is, the more it can be said to be a liquid crystal polarizer with excellent absorption selectivity. Although it depends on the type of dichroic dye, in the case of a hardened material layer hardened in a nematic liquid crystal phase, the above ratio is about 5 to 10.

液晶偏光件藉由包含吸收波長相異的2種以上之二色性色素,可製作各式各樣的色相之液晶偏光件,並可成為在可見光全區域具有吸收之液晶偏光件。藉由成為具有如此的吸收特性之液晶偏光件,可適用在各種的用途。 By including two or more dichroic dyes with different absorption wavelengths, liquid crystal polarizers can be produced with various hues, and can be made into liquid crystal polarizers with absorption in the entire visible light range. By becoming a liquid crystal polarizer with such absorption characteristics, it can be applied to various applications.

液晶偏光件係因應所需可藉由在形成有第1配向膜之第1基材層上塗佈第1液晶組成物,並使第1液晶組成物所含有的二色性色素進行配向而形成。液晶偏光件係除了硬化物層以外,尚可包含第1配向膜。第1基材層係可直接作為保護層使用,亦可將第1基材層所含有的樹脂膜作為保護層使用,或者是,也可剝離去除樹脂膜,而將第1基材層所含有的表面處理層作為保護層使用。第1配向膜係可與樹脂膜一起剝離去除。樹脂膜、第1配向膜之剝離去除係可於將液晶偏光件與第1液晶相位差層或第2液晶相位差層積層之後進行。 The liquid crystal polarizer can be formed according to the requirements by coating the first liquid crystal composition on the first base material layer on which the first alignment film is formed, and aligning the dichroic pigment contained in the first liquid crystal composition. . In addition to the hardened material layer, the liquid crystal polarizer may also include a first alignment film. The first base material layer can be used directly as a protective layer, or the resin film contained in the first base material layer can be used as a protective layer. Alternatively, the resin film can be peeled off and the resin film contained in the first base material layer can be used as a protective layer. The surface treatment layer is used as a protective layer. The first alignment film can be peeled off and removed together with the resin film. The peeling and removal of the resin film and the first alignment film can be performed after the liquid crystal polarizer and the first liquid crystal retardation layer or the second liquid crystal retardation layer are laminated.

(第1液晶組成物) (First liquid crystal composition)

第1液晶組成物係液晶偏光件形成用之組成物,除了二色性色素及聚合性液晶化合物以外,尚可包含溶劑、調平劑、聚合起始劑、敏化劑、聚合抑制劑、交聯劑、密著劑、及反應性添加劑等]添加劑。從加工性之觀點而言,第1液晶組成物係以包含溶劑及調平劑為較佳。 The first liquid crystal composition is a composition for forming a liquid crystal polarizer. In addition to the dichroic dye and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, it may also contain a solvent, a leveling agent, a polymerization initiator, a sensitizer, a polymerization inhibitor, a crosslinking agent, Joint agents, adhesive agents, and reactive additives, etc.] additives. From the viewpoint of processability, the first liquid crystal composition preferably contains a solvent and a leveling agent.

所謂聚合性液晶化合物係在分子內至少具有1個聚合性基,且具有液晶性之化合物。聚合性基意指參與聚合反應之基,以光聚合性基為較佳。在此,所謂光聚合性基意指可藉由從後述之光聚合起始劑產生的活性自由基或酸等而參與聚合反應之基。聚合性基係可列舉:乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、氧環丁烷基等。其中,以丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基為較佳,以甲基丙烯醯氧基及丙烯醯氧基為更佳。液晶性係可為熱致性液晶,亦可為液致性液晶,但與後述之二色性色素混合時,以熱致性液晶為較佳。聚合性液晶化合物可為單體,亦可為二聚體以上經聚合之聚合物。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a compound that has at least one polymerizable group in the molecule and has liquid crystal properties. The polymerizable group means a group that participates in the polymerization reaction, and a photopolymerizable group is preferred. Here, the photopolymerizable group means a group that can participate in the polymerization reaction by active radicals or acids generated from the photopolymerization initiator described below. Examples of polymerizable groups include vinyl, vinyloxy, 1-chlorovinyl, isopropenyl, 4-vinylphenyl, acryloxy, methacryloxy, oxirane, and oxygen. cyclobutanyl etc. Among them, acryloyloxy, methacryloxy, vinyloxy, ethylene oxide and oxetanyl groups are preferred, and methacryloxy and acryloyloxy are more preferred. . The liquid crystal system may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a liquid crystal. However, when mixed with a dichroic pigment described below, thermotropic liquid crystal is preferred. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be a monomer or a polymer that has been polymerized to a dimer or higher.

在第1液晶組成物所含有的聚合性液晶化合物為熱致性液晶時,可為顯示向列型液晶相之熱致性液晶化合物,亦可為顯示層列狀液晶相之熱致性液晶化合物。從獲得二色比大的液晶偏光件(硬化物層)之觀點而言,聚合性液晶化合物所顯示之液晶狀態係以層列狀相為較佳,從高性能化之觀點而言,若為高次層列狀相則更佳。其中,以形成層列狀B相、層列狀D相、層列狀E相、層列狀F相、層列狀G相、層列狀H相、層列狀I相、層列狀J相、層列狀K相或層列狀L相之高次層列狀液晶化合物為更佳,以形成層列狀B相、層列狀F相或層列狀I相之高次層列狀液晶化合物為再更佳。聚合性液晶化合物形成之液晶相為此等高次層列狀相時,可製造偏光性能高的液晶偏光件(硬化物層)。又,如此之偏光性能高的液晶偏光件(硬化物層)係在X射線繞射測定中可獲得源自如六角相或結晶相之高次結構的黑色尖峰者。該黑色尖峰係源自分子配向之周期結構的尖 峰,可獲得其周期間隔為3至6Å之層。從獲得更高的偏光特性之觀點而言,液晶偏光件所含有的硬化物層係以包含聚合性液晶化合物之聚合物為較佳,該聚合性液晶化合物為以層列狀相狀態配向而成者。 When the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the first liquid crystal composition is a thermotropic liquid crystal, it may be a thermotropic liquid crystal compound showing a nematic liquid crystal phase or a thermotropic liquid crystal compound showing a smectic liquid crystal phase. . From the viewpoint of obtaining a liquid crystal polarizer (hardened material layer) with a large dichroic ratio, the liquid crystal state displayed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a smectic phase. From the viewpoint of high performance, if High-order smectic phases are better. Among them, smectic B phase, smectic D phase, smectic E phase, smectic F phase, smectic G phase, smectic H phase, smectic I phase, smectic J phase are formed. A higher-order smectic liquid crystal compound of phase, smectic K phase or smectic L phase is more preferred to form a higher-order smectic liquid crystal compound of smectic B phase, smectic F phase or smectic I phase. Liquid crystal compounds are even better. When the liquid crystal phase formed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a higher-order smectic phase, a liquid crystal polarizer (cured material layer) with high polarization performance can be produced. In addition, a liquid crystal polarizer (hardened material layer) with such high polarization performance can obtain black peaks derived from a higher-order structure such as a hexagonal phase or a crystal phase in X-ray diffraction measurement. The black peaks originate from the periodic structure of the molecular alignment. Peaks, layers whose period intervals are from 3 to 6Å can be obtained. From the viewpoint of obtaining higher polarization characteristics, the cured material layer contained in the liquid crystal polarizer is preferably a polymer containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound that is aligned in a smectic phase state. By.

在第1液晶組成物所含有的聚合性液晶化合物係可單獨使用1種,亦可組合2種以上使用。相對於第1液晶組成物之固形份,第1液晶組成物中之聚合性液晶化合物的含量較佳為40質量%以上99.9質量%以下,更佳為60質量%以上99質量%以下,再更佳為70質量%以上99質量%以下。聚合性液晶化合物之含量為上述範圍內時,聚合性液晶化合物之配向性有變高的傾向。此外,在本說明書中,所謂固形份係指從第1液晶組成物去除掉溶劑之成分的合計量。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the first liquid crystal composition may be used individually by one type or in combination of two or more types. Relative to the solid content of the first liquid crystal composition, the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the first liquid crystal composition is preferably not less than 40 mass % and not more than 99.9 mass %, more preferably not less than 60 mass % and not more than 99 mass %, and more preferably Preferably, it is 70 mass % or more and 99 mass % or less. When the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is within the above range, the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound tends to become high. In addition, in this specification, the solid content means the total amount of components excluding the solvent from the first liquid crystal composition.

所謂二色性色素係指具有在分子之長軸方向的吸光度、及在短軸方向之吸光度為相異性質之色素。二色性色素較佳為含有具有吸收可見光之特性,更佳為在380至680nm之範圍具有吸收極大波長(λmax)者。如此的二色性色素可列舉例如:吖啶色素、噁

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0016-33
色素、花青色素、萘色素、偶氮色素及蒽醌色素等,其中,以偶氮色素為較佳。偶氮色素可列舉:單偶氮色素、雙偶氮色素、參偶氮色素、肆偶氮色素及二苯乙烯(stilbene)偶氮色素等,較佳為雙偶氮色素及參偶氮色素。二色性色素係可單獨,亦可組合,但為了在可見光全區域獲得吸收,以組合2種類以上之二色性色素為較佳,以組合3種類以上之二色性色素為更佳。 The so-called dichroic pigment refers to a pigment that has different absorbance in the long axis direction of the molecule and a different absorbance in the short axis direction. The dichroic pigment preferably has the property of absorbing visible light, and more preferably has an absorption maximum wavelength (λmax) in the range of 380 to 680 nm. Examples of such dichroic pigments include acridine pigments,
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0016-33
Pigments, cyanine pigments, naphthalene pigments, azo pigments, anthraquinone pigments, etc., among which azo pigments are preferred. Examples of azo dyes include monoazo dyes, disazo dyes, ginsenozoic dyes, quaternary azo dyes, and stilbene azo dyes. Preferred are disazo dyes and ginsenozoic dyes. The dichroic dyes may be used alone or in combination. However, in order to obtain absorption in the entire visible light range, a combination of two or more types of dichroic dyes is preferred, and a combination of three or more types of dichroic pigments is more preferred.

偶氮色素可列舉例如以式(Da)所示之化合物。 Examples of azo dyes include compounds represented by formula (Da).

T1-A1(-N=N-A2)p-N=N-A3-T2 (Da) T 1 -A 1 (-N=NA 2 ) p -N=NA 3 -T 2 (Da)

[式(Da)中, [In formula (Da),

A1、A2、及A3係互相獨立地表示可具有取代基之1,4-伸苯基、可具有取代基之萘-1,4-二基、可具有取代基之苯甲酸苯酯基、可具有取代基之4,4’-伸二苯乙烯基(stilbenylene group)、或可具有取代基之2價之雜環基, A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 independently represent 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent, naphthalene-1,4-diyl which may have a substituent, and phenyl benzoate which may have a substituent. group, a 4,4'-stilbenylene group which may have a substituent, or a divalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent,

T1及T2係表示電子吸引基、或者電子釋出基,相對於偶氮鍵結面內實質上位於180°。 T 1 and T 2 represent electron attracting groups or electron releasing groups, and are located substantially at 180° with respect to the azo bonding plane.

p係表示0至4之整數,p為2以上時,各別之A2係可彼此相同,亦可相異。 p represents an integer from 0 to 4. When p is 2 or more, the respective A 2 systems may be the same or different from each other.

在可見光區域顯示吸收之範圍,-N=N-鍵可取代成-C=C-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-N=CH-鍵] In the visible light region, the absorption range is displayed, and the -N=N- bond can be replaced by -C=C-, -COO-, -NHCO-, -N=CH- bond]

從獲得良好的光吸收特性之觀點而言,相對於聚合性液晶化合物100質量份,第1液晶組成物所含有的二色性色素之含量(包含複數種時是其合計量)通常為1至60質量份以下,較佳為1至40質量份以下,更佳為1至20質量份。二色性色素之含量少於該範圍時,光吸收變得不充分,無法獲得充分的偏光性能,多於該範圍時,有阻礙液晶分子配向的情形。 From the viewpoint of obtaining good light absorption characteristics, the content of the dichroic dye contained in the first liquid crystal composition (the total amount when plural types are included) is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. 60 parts by mass or less, preferably 1 to 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass. When the content of the dichroic dye is less than this range, light absorption becomes insufficient and sufficient polarization performance cannot be obtained. When it is more than this range, alignment of liquid crystal molecules may be hindered.

第1液晶組成物也可含有溶劑。由於聚合性液晶化合物通常黏度高,因此藉由成為溶解於溶劑之第1液晶組成物,可使塗佈變得容易,其結果,大多成為容易形成液晶偏光件之硬化物層的情形。溶劑較佳為可完全地溶解聚合性液晶化合物者,又,較佳為對聚合性液晶化合物之聚合反應為惰性的溶劑。 The first liquid crystal composition may contain a solvent. Since the polymerizable liquid crystal compound usually has a high viscosity, it becomes easy to apply by becoming the first liquid crystal composition dissolved in the solvent. As a result, it is often easy to form the hardened material layer of the liquid crystal polarizer. The solvent is preferably one that can completely dissolve the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and is also preferably a solvent that is inert to the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

溶劑係可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲基醚、乙二醇丁基醚及丙二醇單甲基醚等醇溶劑;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁 酯、乙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯及乳酸乙酯等酯溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、2-庚酮及甲基異丁基酮等酮溶劑;戊烷、己烷及庚烷等脂肪族烴溶劑;甲苯及二甲苯等芳香族烴溶劑;乙腈等腈溶劑;四氫呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷等醚溶劑;氯仿及氯苯等含氯溶劑;二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等醯胺系溶劑等。此等溶劑係可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上使用。 Solvent systems include: alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate Ester solvents such as ester, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate and ethyl lactate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2 - Ketone solvents such as heptanone and methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane and heptane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane Ether solvents such as alkane; chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazole Amide solvents such as ketinone and other amide solvents. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於第1液晶組成物之總量,溶劑之含量係以50至98質量%為較佳。換言之,在第1液晶組成物中之固形份的含量係以2至50質量%為較佳,以5至30質量%為更佳。 The content of the solvent is preferably 50 to 98% by mass relative to the total amount of the first liquid crystal composition. In other words, the solid content in the first liquid crystal composition is preferably 2 to 50 mass%, and more preferably 5 to 30 mass%.

第1液晶組成物也可含有調平劑。所謂調平劑係調整組成物之流動性,且具有使塗佈組成物所得到的膜變得更平坦的功能之添加劑。調平劑可列舉例如:有機改性聚矽氧油系、聚丙烯酸酯系及全氟烷基系之調平劑。其中,以聚丙烯酸酯系調平劑及全氟烷基系調平劑為較佳。 The first liquid crystal composition may also contain a leveling agent. The so-called leveling agent is an additive that adjusts the fluidity of the composition and has the function of making the film obtained by applying the composition flatter. Examples of leveling agents include: organically modified polysiloxane oil-based, polyacrylate-based, and perfluoroalkyl-based leveling agents. Among them, polyacrylate leveling agents and perfluoroalkyl leveling agents are preferred.

第1液晶組成物含有調平劑時,相對於聚合性液晶化合物之含量100質量份,較佳為0.01至5質量份,更佳為0.05至3質量份。 When the first liquid crystal composition contains a leveling agent, it is preferably 0.01 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

第1液晶組成物也可含有聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑係可開始聚合性液晶化合物等之聚合反應的化合物。從不依存於熱致性液晶之相狀態的觀點而言,聚合起始劑較佳為藉由光作用而產生活性自由基的光聚合起始劑。 The first liquid crystal composition may contain a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator is a compound that can initiate a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound or the like. From the viewpoint of being independent of the phase state of the thermotropic liquid crystal, the polymerization initiator is preferably a photopolymerization initiator that generates active radicals by the action of light.

光聚合起始劑係只要為可開始聚合性液晶化合物之聚合反應的化合物即可,可使用公知之光聚合起始劑。具體而言,可列舉藉由光之作用而產生活性自由基或酸的光聚合起始劑,其中,以藉由光作用而產生 自由基的光聚合起始劑為較佳。光聚合起始劑係可單獨或組合二種以上使用。 The photopolymerization initiator only needs to be a compound that can initiate the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a known photopolymerization initiator can be used. Specifically, photopolymerization initiators that generate active radicals or acids by the action of light can be cited. Among them, photopolymerization initiators that generate active radicals or acids by the action of light Free radical photopolymerization initiators are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

光聚合起始劑係可使用公知之光聚合起始劑,例如,產生活性自由基之光聚合起始劑係可使用自己開裂型之苯偶姻系化合物、乙醯苯系化合物、羥基乙醯苯系化合物、α-胺基乙醯苯系化合物、肟酯系化合物、醯基氧化膦系化合物、偶氮系化合物等,可使用脫去氫型之二苯甲酮系化合物、烷基酚系化合物、苯偶姻醚系化合物、苯甲基縮酮系化合物、二苯并軟木酮(Dibenzosuberone)系化合物、蒽醌系化合物、氧蒽酮系化合物、硫雜蒽酮系化合物、鹵化乙醯苯系化合物、二烷氧基乙醯苯系化合物、鹵化雙咪唑系化合物、鹵化三

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0019-34
系化合物、三
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0019-35
系化合物等。產生酸之光聚合起始劑係可使用錪鹽及鋶鹽等。從在低溫之反應效率優異的觀點而言,以自己開裂型之光聚合起始劑為較佳,尤其是,以乙醯苯系化合物、羥基乙醯苯系化合物、α-胺基乙醯苯系化合物、肟酯系化合物為較佳。 The photopolymerization initiator can be a well-known photopolymerization initiator. For example, the photopolymerization initiator that generates active free radicals can use self-cleaving benzoin compounds, acetobenzene compounds, and hydroxyacetyl compounds. Benzene compounds, α-aminoacetobenzene compounds, oxime ester compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, azo compounds, etc., dehydrogenated benzophenone compounds and alkylphenone compounds can be used Compounds, benzoin ether compounds, benzyl ketal compounds, dibenzosuberone compounds, anthraquinone compounds, xanthone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, halogenated acetylbenzene compounds, dialkoxyacetylbenzene compounds, halogenated bisimidazole compounds, trihalogenated compounds
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0019-34
Department of compounds, three
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0019-35
compounds, etc. Examples of photopolymerization initiators that generate acid include iodonium salts, sulfonium salts, and the like. From the viewpoint of excellent reaction efficiency at low temperatures, self-cleavage type photopolymerization initiators are preferred, and in particular, acetobenzene-based compounds, hydroxyacetobenzene-based compounds, and α-aminoacetobenzene-based compounds are preferred. compounds and oxime ester compounds are preferred.

第1液晶組成物中之聚合起始劑的含量係可因應聚合性液晶化合物之種類及其量而適當地調節,但相對於聚合性液晶化合物之含量100質量份,通常為0.1至30質量份,較佳為0.5至10質量份,更佳為0.5至8質量份。聚合起始劑之含量為上述範圍內時,可不使聚合性液晶化合物之配向混亂而進行聚合。 The content of the polymerization initiator in the first liquid crystal composition can be appropriately adjusted according to the type and amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, but is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. , preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 8 parts by mass. When the content of the polymerization initiator is within the above range, polymerization can be performed without disturbing the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

第1液晶組成物也可含有敏化劑。敏化劑係以光敏化劑為較佳。第1液晶組成物為含有敏化劑時,可更促進在第1液晶組成物所含有的聚合性液晶化合物之聚合反應。相對於聚合性液晶化合物之含量100質量份,所述之敏化劑的使用量係以0.1至30質量份為較佳。 The first liquid crystal composition may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer is preferably a photosensitizer. When the first liquid crystal composition contains a sensitizer, the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the first liquid crystal composition can be further accelerated. The usage amount of the sensitizer is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

從使聚合反應穩定地進行之觀點而言,第1液晶組成物也可含有聚合抑制劑。藉由聚合抑制劑,可控制聚合性液晶化合物之聚合反應的進行程度。第1液晶組成物含有聚合抑制劑時,相對於聚合性液晶化合物之含量100質量份,聚合抑制劑之含量較佳為0.1至30質量份。 From the viewpoint of stably advancing the polymerization reaction, the first liquid crystal composition may contain a polymerization inhibitor. The degree of progress of the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be controlled by the polymerization inhibitor. When the first liquid crystal composition contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

(保護層) (protective layer)

保護層係具有保護液晶偏光件之表面的功能。液晶偏光件與保護層係彼此被直接積層。在此,所謂「被直接積層」係包含下列態樣:藉由保護層自己的黏著性而被積層於液晶偏光件之態樣;以及,因應所需於形成有第1配向膜之保護層上塗佈用以形成液晶偏光件之硬化物層的第1液晶組成物,藉由將第1液晶組成物硬化,而於液晶偏光件上積層保護層之態樣。為了提高與液晶偏光件之密著性,保護層也可施以表面活性化處理(例如,電暈處理等),亦可形成底塗層(亦稱為易接著層)等薄層。 The protective layer has the function of protecting the surface of the liquid crystal polarizer. The liquid crystal polarizer and the protective layer are directly laminated on each other. Here, the so-called "directly laminated" includes the following aspects: the state in which the protective layer is laminated on the liquid crystal polarizer due to its own adhesion; and the state in which the first alignment film is formed on the protective layer as needed. The first liquid crystal composition for forming the hardened material layer of the liquid crystal polarizer is applied, and the first liquid crystal composition is cured, thereby laminating a protective layer on the liquid crystal polarizer. In order to improve the adhesion with the liquid crystal polarizer, the protective layer may also be subjected to surface activation treatment (for example, corona treatment, etc.), or a thin layer such as an undercoat layer (also called an easy-adhesion layer) may be formed.

保護層係可為用以形成液晶偏光件之第1基材層,亦可為包含第1基材層之一部份者。保護層係可具有單層結構,亦可具有多層結構。保護層係以包含樹脂層為較佳。樹脂層係可為樹脂膜及/或表面處理層。 The protective layer may be the first base material layer used to form the liquid crystal polarizer, or may include a part of the first base material layer. The protective layer system may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. The protective layer preferably includes a resin layer. The resin layer can be a resin film and/or a surface treatment layer.

樹脂膜例如可使用透明性、機械性強度、熱穩定性、水分阻斷性、等向性、延伸性等優異的膜。樹脂膜可為熱塑性樹脂膜。構成如此的樹脂膜之樹脂的具體例係可列舉:三乙酸纖維素等纖維素系樹脂;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯及聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯系樹脂;聚醚碸系樹脂;聚碸系樹脂;聚碳酸酯系樹脂;尼龍及芳香族聚醯胺等聚醯胺系樹脂;聚醯亞胺系樹脂;聚乙烯、聚丙烯、及乙烯/丙烯共聚物等鏈狀聚烯烴系樹脂;環系或具有降茨烯結構之環狀聚烯烴系樹脂(亦稱為降茨烯系樹脂);聚甲基 丙烯酸甲酯等(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂;聚芳酸酯系樹脂;聚苯乙烯系樹脂;聚乙烯醇系樹脂、以及此等之混合物。如此的材質之樹脂膜係可容易從市場取得。上述樹脂係可為(甲基)丙烯酸系、胺甲酸乙酯系、(甲基)丙烯酸基胺甲酸乙酯系、環氧系、聚矽氧系等之熱硬化型樹脂或紫外線硬化型樹脂等。在本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸中的至少一者。對於(甲基)丙烯醯等之表記亦相同。 As the resin film, for example, a film excellent in transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, moisture barrier properties, isotropy, stretchability, etc. can be used. The resin film may be a thermoplastic resin film. Specific examples of the resin constituting such a resin film include cellulose-based resins such as cellulose triacetate; polyester-based resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; polyether resins; Resin; polystyrene-based resin; polycarbonate-based resin; polyamide-based resins such as nylon and aromatic polyamide; polyimide-based resin; chain polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene/propylene copolymers, etc. Olefin-based resin; cyclic polyolefin-based resin with a ring system or a norzene structure (also known as norzene-based resin); polymethyl (meth)acrylic resins such as methyl acrylate; polyarylate resins; polystyrene resins; polyvinyl alcohol resins, and mixtures thereof. Resin films of such materials can be easily obtained from the market. The above-mentioned resin may be a (meth)acrylic, urethane, (meth)acrylic urethane, epoxy, polysilicone, or other thermosetting resin or ultraviolet curing resin. . In this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. The same expression is used for (meth)acryl, etc.

鏈狀聚烯烴系樹脂係聚乙烯樹脂(屬於乙烯之均聚物的聚乙烯樹脂、或以乙烯作為主體之共聚物)、聚丙烯樹脂(屬於丙烯之均聚物的聚丙烯樹脂、或以丙烯作為主體之共聚物)之鏈狀烯烴的均聚物之外,尚可列舉由2種以上之鏈狀烯烴所構成的共聚物。 Chain polyolefin resins are polyethylene resins (polyethylene resins that are homopolymers of ethylene, or copolymers based on ethylene), polypropylene resins (polypropylene resins that are homopolymers of propylene, or polypropylene resins) In addition to the homopolymers of chain olefins that are the main copolymers), there are also copolymers composed of two or more types of chain olefins.

環狀聚烯烴系樹脂係以環狀烯烴作為聚合單元而被聚合的樹脂之總稱。若列舉環狀聚烯烴系樹脂之具體例,為環狀烯烴之開環(共)聚合物、環狀烯烴之加成聚合物、環狀烯烴與如乙烯、丙烯之鏈狀烯烴的共聚物(代表性係無規共聚物)、及使此等以不飽和羧酸或其衍生物改性而成的接枝聚合物、以及其等之氫化物。其中,較佳為使用降茨烯系樹脂,該降茨烯系樹脂係使用如降茨烯或多環降茨烯系單體之降茨烯系單體作為環狀烯烴。 Cyclic polyolefin resin is a general term for resins polymerized using cyclic olefins as polymerization units. Specific examples of cyclic polyolefin-based resins include ring-opening (co)polymers of cyclic olefins, addition polymers of cyclic olefins, and copolymers of cyclic olefins and chain olefins such as ethylene and propylene ( Representative ones are random copolymers), graft polymers modified with unsaturated carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, and hydrogenated products thereof. Among them, it is preferable to use a nordesene-based resin using a nordesene-based monomer such as nordesene-based monomer or a polycyclic nordesene-based monomer as a cyclic olefin.

聚酯系樹脂一般係在主鏈具有酯鍵之樹脂,多元羧酸或其衍生物與多元醇之聚縮合物。可列舉例如:對酞酸、異酞酸、對苯二甲酸二甲酯、萘二羧酸二甲酯等。多元醇係可使用2價之二醇,可列舉例如:乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、新戊二醇、環己烷二甲醇等。 Polyester resins are generally resins with ester bonds in the main chain, and are polycondensates of polycarboxylic acids or their derivatives and polyols. Examples include terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, dimethyl terephthalate, dimethyl naphthalene dicarboxylate, and the like. Divalent glycols can be used as the polyhydric alcohol, and examples thereof include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, and cyclohexanedimethanol.

纖維素酯系樹脂係纖維素與脂肪酸之酯。纖維素酯系樹脂之具體例係包含:纖維素三乙酸酯、纖維素二乙酸酯、纖維素三丙酸酯、纖維素二丙酸酯。亦可列舉具有複數種構成此等纖維素酯系樹脂的聚合單元之共聚物、或羥基之一部分經其他取代基修飾者。此等之中,以纖維素三乙酸酯(三乙酸纖維素)為特佳。 Cellulose ester resin is an ester of cellulose and fatty acid. Specific examples of cellulose ester resins include cellulose triacetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose tripropionate, and cellulose dipropionate. Copolymers having a plurality of types of polymerized units constituting these cellulose ester resins, or copolymers having a part of the hydroxyl group modified with other substituents, may also be cited. Among these, cellulose triacetate (cellulose triacetate) is particularly preferred.

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂係以具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之化合物作為主要構成單體之樹脂。(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之具體例係例如包含:如聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯之聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;甲基丙烯酸甲酯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物;甲基丙烯酸甲酯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物;甲基丙烯酸甲酯-丙烯酸酯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物;(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯-苯乙烯共聚物(MS樹脂等);具有甲基丙烯酸甲酯與脂環族烴基之化合物的共聚物(例如,甲基丙烯酸甲酯-甲基丙烯酸環己酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸甲酯-(甲基)丙烯酸降茨烯酯共聚物等)。 (Meth)acrylic resin is a resin containing a compound having a (meth)acrylyl group as a main constituent monomer. Specific examples of (meth)acrylic resins include, for example: poly(meth)acrylate such as polymethyl methacrylate; methyl methacrylate-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer; methyl methacrylate- (meth)acrylate copolymer; methyl methacrylate-acrylate-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer; methyl (meth)acrylate-styrene copolymer (MS resin, etc.); with methyl methacrylate Copolymers with alicyclic hydrocarbon-based compounds (for example, methyl methacrylate-cyclohexyl methacrylate copolymer, methyl methacrylate-norzhenyl acrylate copolymer, etc.).

聚碳酸酯系樹脂係由隔著碳酸酯基而鍵結有單體單元之聚合物所構成。聚碳酸酯系樹脂係可為如聚合物骨架經修飾之被稱為改性聚碳酸酯的樹脂、或共聚合聚碳酸酯等。聚碳酸酯系樹脂之詳細內容係例如記載於日本特開2012-31370號公報。 Polycarbonate resin is composed of a polymer in which monomer units are bonded via carbonate groups. The polycarbonate-based resin may be, for example, a resin in which the polymer skeleton is modified, which is called modified polycarbonate, or a copolymerized polycarbonate. Details of the polycarbonate resin are described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-31370, for example.

可藉由將上述樹脂膜(熱塑性樹脂膜)延伸而製作保護層。延伸處理係可列舉單軸延伸或二軸延伸等。延伸方向係可列舉未延伸膜之機械移動方向(MD)、與此正交之方向(TD)、與機械移動方向(MD)斜交之方向等。 The protective layer can be produced by stretching the above-mentioned resin film (thermoplastic resin film). Examples of the stretching treatment system include uniaxial stretching or biaxial stretching. Examples of the stretching direction include the machine movement direction (MD) of the unstretched film, the direction orthogonal thereto (TD), the direction obliquely intersecting the machine movement direction (MD), and the like.

保護層係被配置於比液晶偏光件更靠近辨識側,為了賦予期望之表面光學特性或其他特徵,亦可包含樹脂膜、及設於樹脂膜之表面的表面處理層。或者是,保護層可為不含樹脂膜,且包含表面處理層作為樹脂層者。保護層為不含有樹脂膜且包含表面處理層者時,例如,作為表面處理層之保護層係可如下述般積層於液晶偏光件。首先,進行在形成樹脂膜之表面處理層的側之表面,藉由離型劑等之塗佈等而形成離型層的離型處理,而準備在該離型層上形成有表面處理層之表面處理膜。其次,將該表面處理膜積層於液晶偏光件、液晶偏光件與第1液晶相位差層之積層體、或液晶偏光件、第1液晶相位差層與第2液晶相位差層之積層體後,剝離樹脂膜。藉此,可獲得不包含樹脂膜且含有表面處理層作為保護層之光學積層體。 The protective layer is disposed closer to the recognition side than the liquid crystal polarizer. In order to impart desired surface optical properties or other characteristics, it may also include a resin film and a surface treatment layer provided on the surface of the resin film. Alternatively, the protective layer may not contain a resin film and may include a surface treatment layer as a resin layer. When the protective layer does not contain a resin film and contains a surface treatment layer, for example, the protective layer as the surface treatment layer can be laminated on the liquid crystal polarizer as follows. First, a release treatment is performed to form a release layer on the surface on the side where the surface treatment layer of the resin film is formed by coating a release agent or the like, and preparation is made for forming the surface treatment layer on the release layer. Surface treatment film. Next, the surface treatment film is laminated on the liquid crystal polarizer, the laminate of the liquid crystal polarizer and the first liquid crystal phase difference layer, or the laminate of the liquid crystal polarizer, the first liquid crystal phase difference layer and the second liquid crystal phase difference layer, Peel off the resin film. Thereby, an optical laminated body which does not contain a resin film and contains a surface treatment layer as a protective layer can be obtained.

作為表面處理層係可列舉:硬塗層、防眩層、抗反射層、抗靜電層、防污層、防沾黏層等。表面處理層係可藉由塗敷等於樹脂膜之表面或形成於樹脂膜上的離型層上形成,保護層包含樹脂膜時,亦可藉由樹脂膜之表面的改質處理等而形成。 Examples of surface treatment layers include: hard coating layer, anti-glare layer, anti-reflective layer, anti-static layer, anti-fouling layer, anti-adhesion layer, etc. The surface treatment layer can be formed by coating the surface of the resin film or by forming a release layer on the resin film. When the protective layer includes a resin film, it can also be formed by modifying the surface of the resin film.

形成表面處理層之方法並無特別限定,可使用公知之方法。表面處理層係可形成於樹脂膜之一面,亦可形成於兩面。 The method of forming the surface treatment layer is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. The surface treatment layer can be formed on one side of the resin film or on both sides.

硬塗層係具有提高保護層之表面硬度的功能,就防止表面的擦傷等目的而設置。藉由在樹脂膜形成硬塗層,可提高保護層之硬度及耐刮傷性。硬塗層較佳為以JIS K 5600-5-4:1999「塗料一般試驗方法-第5部:塗膜之機械性質-第4節:刮劃硬度(鉛筆法)」所規定的鉛筆硬度試驗 (於玻璃板上放置具有硬塗層之光學膜並進行測定)顯示H或比H更硬的值。 The hard coating layer has the function of improving the surface hardness of the protective layer and is provided for the purpose of preventing surface scratches. By forming a hard coating layer on the resin film, the hardness and scratch resistance of the protective layer can be improved. The hard coating is preferably a pencil hardness test stipulated in JIS K 5600-5-4: 1999 "General test methods for coatings - Part 5: Mechanical properties of coating films - Section 4: Scratch hardness (Pencil method)" (Place an optical film with a hard coating layer on a glass plate and measure it) It shows a value of H or harder than H.

就謀求折射率之調整、彎曲彈性係數之提昇、體積收縮率之穩定化,進一步謀求耐熱性、抗靜電性、防眩性等之提昇為目的,硬塗層係因應期望可含有各種填充劑。又,硬塗層亦可含有如抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、調平劑、消泡劑之添加劑。 For the purpose of adjusting the refractive index, increasing the bending elastic coefficient, stabilizing the volume shrinkage, and further improving heat resistance, antistatic properties, anti-glare properties, etc., the hard coat layer may contain various fillers as desired. In addition, the hard coat layer may also contain additives such as antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, leveling agents, and defoaming agents.

(被覆層) (Coating layer)

偏光板也可具有被覆液晶偏光件之第1液晶相位差層側的表面之被覆層(第2保護層)。被覆層係可藉由在液晶偏光件之表面,塗佈光硬化性樹脂或水溶性聚合物等構成被覆層的材料(組成物),並使其乾燥或硬化而形成。光硬化性樹脂可列舉例如:(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、胺甲酸乙酯系樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸基胺甲酸乙酯系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂等。水溶性聚合物可列舉例如:聚(甲基)丙烯醯胺系聚合物;聚乙烯醇、及乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸或其酐-乙烯醇共聚物等乙烯醇系聚合物;羧基乙烯酯系聚合物;聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮;澱粉類;藻酸鈉;聚環氧乙烷系聚合物等。 The polarizing plate may have a coating layer (second protective layer) that covers the surface of the liquid crystal polarizer on the first liquid crystal retardation layer side. The coating layer can be formed by coating the surface of the liquid crystal polarizer with a material (composition) constituting the coating layer, such as a photocurable resin or a water-soluble polymer, and drying or hardening the coating layer. Examples of the photocurable resin include: (meth)acrylic resin, urethane resin, (meth)acrylic urethane resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, and the like. Examples of water-soluble polymers include poly(meth)acrylamide-based polymers; polyvinyl alcohol, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, (meth)acrylic acid or its anhydride-ethylene Vinyl alcohol polymers such as alcohol copolymers; carboxyvinyl ester polymers; polyvinylpyrrolidone; starch; sodium alginate; polyethylene oxide polymers, etc.

被覆層之厚度通常為0.1μm以上10.0μm以下,較佳為5.0μm以下,更佳為3.0μm以下。被覆層之厚度為10μm以上時,在彎曲性試驗中彎曲部之反射色相不均變得容易顯目,未達0.1μm時,容易損及在高溫環境下防止色素擴散的功能。 The thickness of the coating layer is usually 0.1 μm or more and 10.0 μm or less, preferably 5.0 μm or less, more preferably 3.0 μm or less. When the thickness of the coating layer is 10 μm or more, the uneven reflection hue of the curved portion becomes easily noticeable in the bending test. When the thickness is less than 0.1 μm, the function of preventing the diffusion of pigments in high temperature environments is easily impaired.

(第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層) (The first liquid crystal phase difference layer and the second liquid crystal phase difference layer)

第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層係在面內或厚度方向顯示相位差之膜,且為由聚合性液晶化合物之聚合物所構成的層(硬化物層),或該層與配向膜之2層構成的膜。第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層係包含含有聚合性液晶化合物之第2液晶組成物的硬化物層。第1液晶相位差層及/或第2液晶相位差層係可分別包含第2配向膜。用以形成第1液晶相位差層21之第2液晶組成物、及用以形成第2液晶相位差層22之第2液晶組成物係可彼此相同,亦可彼此相異。 The first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer are films showing retardation in the plane or in the thickness direction, and are layers (hardened material layers) composed of polymers of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, or the layers are A film composed of two layers of alignment film. The first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer are hardened material layers including a second liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The first liquid crystal retardation layer and/or the second liquid crystal retardation layer may each include a second alignment film. The second liquid crystal composition used to form the first liquid crystal retardation layer 21 and the second liquid crystal composition used to form the second liquid crystal retardation layer 22 may be the same as each other or different from each other.

第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層通常係藉由在形成於第2基材層上之第2配向膜上塗佈第2液晶組成物,將第2液晶用組成物所含有的聚合性液晶化合物進行聚合而形成。第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層通常係包含以聚合性液晶化合物經配向之狀態硬化成的層,為了在面內產生相位差,以聚合性液晶化合物相對於第2基材層面配向成水平方向之狀態,該聚合性液晶化合物之聚合性基經聚合的硬化物層為必須。此時,聚合性液晶化合物為棒狀液晶化合物時,可將液晶相位差層設為正A板,聚合性液晶化合物為圓盤狀液晶化合物時,可將液晶相位差層設為負A板。 The first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer are usually formed by coating the second liquid crystal composition on the second alignment film formed on the second base material layer, and adding the second liquid crystal composition contained in the second liquid crystal retardation layer to the second liquid crystal retardation layer. A polymerizable liquid crystal compound is polymerized and formed. The first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer usually include layers in which a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is hardened in an aligned state. In order to generate an in-plane retardation, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is positioned relative to the second substrate layer. In order to align in the horizontal direction, a hardened material layer in which the polymerizable group of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is polymerized is required. At this time, when the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound, the liquid crystal retardation layer can be a positive A plate. When the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a disk-shaped liquid crystal compound, the liquid crystal retardation layer can be a negative A plate.

為了高度地達成光學積層體之抗反射功能,只要第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層之組合具有在可見光全區域之λ/4板功能(亦即,π2之相位差功能)即可。又,在光學積層體所含有的第1液晶相位差層或第2液晶相位差層較佳為逆波長分散性λ/4層。亦較佳為將配向相異的2種類以上之液晶相位差層組合作為第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層亦為較佳。2種類以上之液晶相位差層的組合可列舉例如:具有正波長 分散性之λ/2板功能(亦即,π之相位差功能)的液晶相位差層(以下,亦稱為「λ/2層」)與具有正波長分散性之λ/4板功能(亦即,π2之相位差功能)的液晶相位差層(以下,亦稱為「λ/4層」)之組合。或者是,從可補償在斜向方向之抗反射功能的觀點而言,第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層中的一者為在厚度方向具有異向性的層(正C板),另一者可為逆波長分散性λ/4層。又,第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層係分別可形成傾斜配向狀態,亦可形成膽固醇型配向狀態。 In order to achieve a high degree of anti-reflection function of the optical laminate, it is necessary that the combination of the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer has a λ/4 plate function (that is, a retardation function of π2) in the entire visible light range. Can. Furthermore, it is preferable that the first liquid crystal retardation layer or the second liquid crystal retardation layer contained in the optical laminate is a reverse wavelength dispersion λ/4 layer. It is also preferable to combine two or more types of liquid crystal retardation layers with different alignments as the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer. Examples of combinations of two or more types of liquid crystal retardation layers include: having a positive wavelength A liquid crystal retardation layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "λ/2 layer") with a dispersive λ/2 plate function (that is, a phase difference function of π) and a λ/4 plate function with positive wavelength dispersion (also referred to as a "λ/2 layer") That is, a combination of a liquid crystal retardation layer (hereinafter also referred to as "λ/4 layer") with a retardation function of π2). Alternatively, from the viewpoint of compensating the anti-reflection function in the oblique direction, one of the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer is a layer having anisotropy in the thickness direction (positive C plate ), the other can be a reverse wavelength dispersion λ/4 layer. In addition, the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer may each form a tilt alignment state or a cholesteric alignment state.

第1液晶相位差層與第2液晶相位差層之組合以具有在可見光全區域之λ/4板功能之方式進行調整時,包含該第1液晶相位差層與第2液晶相位差層之相位差體中,對於波長λ[nm]之光的面內相位差之Re(λ)較佳為滿足下述式(1)所示的光學特性,更佳為滿足下述式(2)及(3)所示的光學特性。相位差體係積層有複數個相位差板的積層膜,且依據經積層之複數個相位差板而在面內或厚度方向顯示相位差的積層膜。相位差板係包含第1液晶相位差層或第2液晶相位差層之膜,且顯示作為第1液晶相位差層或第2液晶相位差層之光學功能的膜。 When the combination of the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer is adjusted to have the function of a λ/4 plate in the entire visible light range, the phases of the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer are included. Among the difference bodies, Re (λ) of the in-plane phase difference for light with wavelength λ [nm] preferably satisfies the optical characteristics shown in the following equation (1), and more preferably satisfies the following equations (2) and ( 3) Optical properties shown. A retardation system is a laminated film in which a plurality of retardation plates are laminated, and a laminated film that exhibits a phase difference in the plane or in the thickness direction based on the laminated plurality of retardation plates. The retardation plate is a film including a first liquid crystal retardation layer or a second liquid crystal retardation layer, and exhibits an optical function as the first liquid crystal retardation layer or the second liquid crystal retardation layer.

100nm<Re(550)<160nm (1) 100nm<Re(550)<160nm (1)

Re(450)/Re(550)≦1.0 (2) Re(450)/Re(550)≦1.0 (2)

1.00≦Re(650)/Re(550) (3) 1.00≦Re(650)/Re(550) (3)

[式(1)至(3)中, [In formulas (1) to (3),

Re(450)係表示對於波長450nm之光的相位差體之面內相位差值, Re(450) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the retardation body for light with a wavelength of 450 nm,

Re(550)係表示對於波長550nm之光的相位差體之面內相位差值, Re(550) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the retardation body for light with a wavelength of 550 nm,

Re(650)係表示對於波長650nm之光的相位差體之面內相位差值] Re(650) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the phase difference body for light with a wavelength of 650nm]

上述式(2)之「Re(450)/Re(550)」超過1.0時,具備該相位差體的光學積層體在短波長側的漏光變大。「Re(450)/Re(550)」較佳為0.7以上1.0以下,更佳為0.80以上0.95以下,再更佳為0.80以上0.92以下,特別佳為0.82以上0.88以下。「Re(450)/Re(550)」之值係可藉由調整第2液晶組成物中之聚合性液晶化合物的混合比率、或第1液晶相位差層與第2液晶相位差層之積層角度或此等之相位差值而任意地調整。 When "Re(450)/Re(550)" in the above formula (2) exceeds 1.0, the light leakage on the short wavelength side of the optical laminated body including the retardation body becomes large. "Re(450)/Re(550)" is preferably 0.7 or more and 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.80 or more and 0.95 or less, still more preferably 0.80 or more and 0.92 or less, particularly preferably 0.82 or more and 0.88 or less. The value of "Re(450)/Re(550)" can be determined by adjusting the mixing ratio of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the second liquid crystal composition or the lamination angle of the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer. Or adjust the phase difference value arbitrarily.

第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層之面內相位差值係可分別藉由兩液晶相位差層之厚度而調整。面內相位差值係可藉由下述式(4)來決定,故為了獲得期望之面內相位差值(Re(λ)),只要調整△n(λ)與膜厚d即可。第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層之厚度係分別以0.5μm以上5μm以下為較佳,以1μm以上3μm以下為更佳。第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層之厚度係可分別藉由干渉式膜厚計、雷射顯微鏡、或觸針式膜厚計進行測定。此外,△n(λ)係依存於後述之聚合性液晶化合物的分子結構。 The in-plane phase difference values of the first liquid crystal phase difference layer and the second liquid crystal phase difference layer can be adjusted respectively by the thickness of the two liquid crystal phase difference layers. The in-plane retardation value can be determined by the following equation (4). Therefore, in order to obtain the desired in-plane retardation value (Re(λ)), only Δn(λ) and the film thickness d can be adjusted. The thickness of the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 5 μm or less, and more preferably 1 μm or more and 3 μm or less. The thickness of the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer can be measured by an interference type film thickness meter, a laser microscope, or a stylus type film thickness meter respectively. In addition, Δn (λ) depends on the molecular structure of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound described below.

Re(λ)=d×△n(λ) (4) Re(λ)=d×△n(λ) (4)

[式(4)中, [In formula (4),

Re(λ)係表示波長λ[nm]之液晶相位差層的面內相位差值, Re(λ) represents the in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal retardation layer at wavelength λ [nm],

d係表示液晶相位差層之厚度, d represents the thickness of the liquid crystal retardation layer,

△n(λ)係表示在波長λ[nm]之雙折射率] △n(λ) represents the birefringence at wavelength λ[nm]]

使用正波長分散性之λ/2層與正波長分散性之λ/4層的組合,作為以具有在可見光全區域之λ/4板功能之方式經調整的相位差體時,只 要將具有下述式(1)、式(6)、及式(7)所示之光學特性的層、及具有下述式(5)至(7)所示之光學特性的層以特定之慢軸關係組合即可。 When a combination of a λ/2 layer with positive wavelength dispersion and a λ/4 layer with positive wavelength dispersion is used as a retardation body adjusted to have the function of a λ/4 plate in the entire visible light range, only The layers having optical properties represented by the following formulas (1), formula (6), and formula (7), and the layers having optical properties represented by the following formulas (5) to (7) are specified in a specific manner. Just combine the slow axis relationships.

100nm<Re(550)<160nm (1) 100nm<Re(550)<160nm (1)

200nm<Re(550)<320nm (5) 200nm<Re(550)<320nm (5)

Re(450)/Re(550)≧1.00 (6) Re(450)/Re(550)≧1.00 (6)

1.00≧Re(650)/Re(550) (7) 1.00≧Re(650)/Re(550) (7)

[式(1)及(5)至(7)中, [In formulas (1) and (5) to (7),

Re(450)係表示對於波長450nm之光的相位差體之面內相位差值, Re(450) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the retardation body for light with a wavelength of 450 nm,

Re(550)係表示對於波長550nm之光的相位差體之面內相位差值, Re(550) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the retardation body for light with a wavelength of 550 nm,

Re(650)係表示對於波長650nm之光的相位差體之面內相位差值] Re(650) represents the in-plane phase difference value of the phase difference body for light with a wavelength of 650nm]

組合上述λ/2層與上述λ/4層之方法係可列舉日本特開2015-163935號公報、或WO2013/137464號等記載的周知方法。從視野角補償之觀點而言,較佳為使用由包含圓盤狀之聚合性液晶化合物的第2液晶組成物所形成之λ/2層、及由包含棒狀之聚合性液晶化合物的第2液晶組成物所形成之λ/4層。 Examples of methods for combining the λ/2 layer and the λ/4 layer include known methods described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-163935 or WO2013/137464. From the viewpoint of viewing angle compensation, it is preferable to use a λ/2 layer formed of a second liquid crystal composition containing a disk-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a second layer formed of a rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound. λ/4 layer formed by liquid crystal composition.

正C板係只要為在厚度方向具有異向性者即可,並無特別限定,但不進行傾斜配向或膽固醇型配向時,具有下述式(8)所示之光學特性。 The positive C plate is not particularly limited as long as it has anisotropy in the thickness direction. However, when tilt alignment or cholesteric alignment is not performed, the positive C plate has optical characteristics represented by the following formula (8).

nx≒ny<nz (8) nx≒ny<nz (8)

[式(8)中, [In formula (8),

nx係表示在正C板之面內的波長λ[nm]之主折射率。 nx represents the principal refractive index of the wavelength λ [nm] in the plane of the positive C plate.

ny係表示在與nx相同面內,相對於nx為正交的方向之在波長λ[nm]的正C板之折射率。 ny represents the refractive index of the positive C plate at the wavelength λ [nm] in the same plane as nx and in the direction orthogonal to nx.

nz(λ)係表示在正C板的厚度方向之在波長λ[nm]的折射率。 nz(λ) represents the refractive index at wavelength λ [nm] in the thickness direction of the positive C plate.

nx≒ny時,nx係可設為在正C板之面內的任意方向之折射率] When nx≒ny, nx can be set to the refractive index in any direction within the plane of the positive C plate]

正C板係在波長550nm之厚度方向的相位差值Rth(550)通常為-170nm以上-10nm以下之範圍,較佳為-150nm以上-20nm以下之範圍,更佳為-100nm以上-40nm之範圍。只要厚度方向之相位差值為該範圍,可使來自斜向方向之抗反射特性更加提昇。 The phase difference value Rth (550) of the positive C plate in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 550nm is usually in the range of -170nm or more and -10nm or less, preferably -150nm or more -20nm or less, and more preferably -100nm or more -40nm. Scope. As long as the phase difference value in the thickness direction is within this range, the anti-reflection properties from the oblique direction can be further improved.

正C板較佳為由包含棒狀之聚合性液晶化合物的第2液晶組成物形成。 The positive C plate is preferably formed of a second liquid crystal composition containing a rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層係除了上述構成以外,只要為對於傾斜配向或膽固醇型配向的構成亦達成抗反射功能之構成,則可無特別限制地使用。該構成係可列舉例如:WO2021/060378號、WO2021/132616號、WO2021/132624號等記載之周知的構成。 In addition to the above-mentioned structures, the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer can be used without particular limitation as long as they have a structure that also achieves an anti-reflection function with respect to tilt alignment or cholesteric alignment. Examples of this structure include well-known structures described in WO2021/060378, WO2021/132616, and WO2021/132624.

(第2液晶組成物) (Second liquid crystal composition)

第2液晶組成物係第1液晶相位差層形成用之組成物及第2液晶相位差層形成用之組成物。第2液晶組成物係包含聚合性液晶化合物,進一步可包含溶劑、調平劑、聚合起始劑、敏化劑、聚合抑制劑、交聯劑、密著劑、及反應性添加劑等添加劑。從加工性之觀點而言,第2液晶組成物係以包含溶劑及調平劑為較佳。添加劑係可列舉在第1液晶組成物說明者,官於第2液晶組成物中之添加劑的含量等,亦可設為在第1液晶組成物所說明的範圍之含量。 The second liquid crystal composition is a composition for forming the first liquid crystal retardation layer and a composition for forming the second liquid crystal retardation layer. The second liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and may further contain additives such as a solvent, a leveling agent, a polymerization initiator, a sensitizer, a polymerization inhibitor, a cross-linking agent, an adhesive agent, and a reactive additive. From the viewpoint of processability, the second liquid crystal composition preferably contains a solvent and a leveling agent. Examples of the additives include those described in the first liquid crystal composition, and the content of the additives in the second liquid crystal composition may be within the range described in the first liquid crystal composition.

在第2液晶組成物所含有的聚合性液晶化合物係意指在分子內具有至少1個聚合性基,尤其是具有光聚合性基之液晶化合物,該聚合 性液晶化合物係例如可使用在相位差膜之領域中以往公知之聚合性液晶化合物。液晶性係可為熱致性液晶,亦可為液致性液晶,但就可控制緻密性的膜厚之點而言,以熱致性性液晶為較佳。在熱致性液晶中之相秩序結構係可為向列型液晶,亦可為層列狀液晶。可為棒狀液晶,亦可為圓盤狀液晶。聚合性液晶化合物係可單獨或組合二種以上使用。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the second liquid crystal composition means a liquid crystal compound having at least one polymerizable group in the molecule, especially a photopolymerizable group. As the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, for example, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound conventionally known in the field of retardation films can be used. The liquid crystal system may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a liquid crystal, but in terms of controlling the dense film thickness, the thermotropic liquid crystal is preferred. The phase order structure in thermotropic liquid crystals can be nematic liquid crystals or smectic liquid crystals. It can be rod-shaped liquid crystal or disc-shaped liquid crystal. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

為了獲得逆波長分散性之λ/4層所使用的聚合性液晶化合物,從顯現逆波長分散性之觀點而言,較佳為在相對於分子長軸方向為垂直方向更含有具有雙折射性的T字型、或者H型液晶基(mesogen)結構的液晶,從可獲得更強的分散之觀點而言,以T字型液晶為更佳,T字型液晶之結構具體上可列舉例如下述式(I)所示之化合物。 In order to obtain a λ/4 layer with reverse wavelength dispersion, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used preferably contains birefringence in a direction perpendicular to the long axis direction of the molecule from the viewpoint of expressing reverse wavelength dispersion. T-shaped or H-shaped liquid crystals with a mesogen structure. From the perspective of achieving stronger dispersion, T-shaped liquid crystals are more preferred. Specific examples of T-shaped liquid crystal structures include the following: Compounds represented by formula (I).

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0030-1
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0030-1

[式(I)中, [In formula (I),

Ar係表示可具有取代基之二價的芳香族基。該二價之芳香族基中較佳為包含氮原子、氧原子、硫原子中之至少1個以上。二價之基Ar所含有的芳香族基為2個以上時,2個以上之芳香族基係可彼此以單鍵、-CO-O-、-O-等之二價鍵結基鍵結。 Ar represents a bivalent aromatic group which may have a substituent. The divalent aromatic group preferably contains at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. When the divalent group Ar contains two or more aromatic groups, the two or more aromatic groups may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a divalent bonding group such as -CO-O-, -O-.

G1及G2係分別獨立地表示二價之芳香族基或二價之脂環式烴基。在此,該二價之芳香族基或二價之脂環式烴基所含有的氫原子係可經鹵素原子、碳數1至4之烷基、碳數1至4之氟烷基、碳數1至4之烷氧基、氰基或硝基取代,構成該二價之芳香族基或二價之脂環式烴基的碳原子為可經氧原子、硫原子或氮原子取代。 G 1 and G 2 each independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group, cyano group or nitro group of 1 to 4 is substituted, and the carbon atoms constituting the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group can be substituted by oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms or nitrogen atoms.

L1、L2、B1及B2係分別獨立地為單鍵或二價之連結基。 L 1 , L 2 , B 1 and B 2 are independently single bonds or bivalent linking groups.

k、l係分別獨立地表示0至3之整數,且滿足1≦k+l之關係。在此,2≦k+l時,B1及B2、G1及G2係可分別彼此相同,亦可相異。 k and l independently represent integers from 0 to 3, and satisfy the relationship of 1≦k+l. Here, when 2≦k+1, B 1 and B 2 and G 1 and G 2 may be the same as each other or may be different.

E1及E2係分別獨立地表示碳數1至17之烷二基,在此,烷二基所含有的氫原子係可經鹵素原子取代,在該烷二基所含有的-CH2-係可經-O-、-S-、-COO-取代,具有複數個-O-、-S-、-COO-時係彼此不隣接。 E 1 and E 2 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted by a halogen atom. The -CH 2 - contained in the alkanediyl group Systems may be substituted by -O-, -S-, -COO-, and when there are plural -O-, -S-, -COO-, the systems are not adjacent to each other.

P1及P2係互相獨立地表示聚合性基或氫原子,且至少1個為聚合性基] P 1 and P 2 independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of them is a polymerizable group]

G1及G2係分別獨立地較佳為可經選自由鹵素原子及碳數1至4之烷基所成的群組中之至少1個取代基取代的1,4-伸苯基二基、可經選自由鹵素原子及碳數1至4之烷基所成的群組中之至少1個取代基取代的1,4-環己烷二基,更佳為經甲基取代的1,4-伸苯基二基、未取代之1,4-伸苯基二基、或未取代之1,4-反式-環己烷二基,特別佳為未取代之1,4-伸苯基二基、或未取代之1,4-反式-環己烷二基。 G 1 and G 2 are each independently preferably a 1,4-phenylenediyl group substituted by at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. , a 1,4-cyclohexanediyl substituted by at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1,4-cyclohexanediyl substituted by a methyl group, 4-phenylenediyl, unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl, or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl, particularly preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl base diyl, or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl.

又,較佳是複數存在之G1及G2中之至少1個係二價之脂環式烴基,又,更加為鍵結於L1或L2之G1及G2中之至少1個係二價之脂環式烴基。 Furthermore, it is preferable that at least one of G 1 and G 2 present in plural is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably, at least one of G 1 and G 2 bonded to L 1 or L 2 It is a bivalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.

L1及L2分別獨立地較佳為單鍵、碳數1至4之伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1ORa2-、-Ra3COORa4-、-Ra5OCORa6-、Ra7OC=OORa8-、-N=N-、-CRc=CRd-、或C≡C-。在此,Ra1至Ra8係分別獨立地表示單鍵、或碳數1至4之伸烷基,Rc及Rd係表示碳數1至4之烷基或氫原子。L1及L2分別獨立地更佳為單鍵、-ORa2-1-、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-COORa4-1-、或OCORa6-1-。在此,Ra2-1、Ra4-1、Ra6-1係分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-之 任一者。L1及L2分別獨立地再更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-、或OCO-。 L 1 and L 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2 -, -R a3 COOR a4 -, -R a5 OCOR a6 -, R a7 OC=OOR a8 -, -N=N-, -CR c =CR d -, or C≡C-. Here, R a1 to R a8 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R c and R d represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a hydrogen atom. L 1 and L 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -O Ra2-1 -, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COOR a4-1 -, or OCOR a6-1 -. Here, R a2-1 , R a4-1 , and R a6-1 each independently represent any one of a single bond, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 -. L 1 and L 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 -, or OCO-.

B1及B2分別獨立地較佳為單鍵、碳數1至4之伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-Ra9ORa10-、-Ra11COORa12-、-Ra13OCORa14-、或Ra15OC=OORa16-。在此,Ra9至Ra16係分別獨立地表示單鍵、或碳數1至4之伸烷基。B1及B2分別獨立地更佳為單鍵、-ORa10-1-、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-COORa12-1-、或OCORa14-1-。在此,Ra10-1、Ra12-1、Ra14-1係分別獨立地表示單鍵、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-之任一者。B1及B2分別獨立地再更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-、-OCO-、或OCOCH2CH2-。 B 1 and B 2 are each independently preferably a single bond, an alkylene group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a9 OR a10 -, -R a11 COOR a12 -, -R a13 OCOR a14 -, or R a15 OC=OOR a16 -. Here, R a9 to R a16 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. B 1 and B 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -OR a10-1 -, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COOR a12-1 -, or OCOR a14-1 -. Here, R a10-1 , R a12-1 , and R a14-1 each independently represent any one of a single bond, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 -. B 1 and B 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2 -, -OCO-, or OCOCH 2 CH 2 -.

從逆波長分散性顯現之觀點而言,k及l係以2≦k+l≦6之範圍為較佳,以k+l=4為較佳,以k=2且l=2為更佳。由於k=2且l=2時成為對稱結構,故為較佳。 From the perspective of showing reverse wavelength dispersion, k and l are preferably in the range of 2≦k+l≦6, k+l=4 is better, and k=2 and l=2 are even better. . Since the structure becomes symmetrical when k=2 and l=2, it is preferable.

E1及E2係分別獨立地以碳數1至17之烷二基為較佳,以碳數4至12之烷二基為更佳。 E 1 and E 2 are each independently preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkanediyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms.

P1或P2所示之聚合性基係可列舉環氧基、乙烯基、乙烯氧基、1-氯乙烯基、異丙烯基、4-乙烯基苯基、丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、環氧乙烷基、及氧雜環丁烷基等。其中,以丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基、乙烯氧基、環氧乙烷基及氧雜環丁烷基為較佳,以丙烯醯氧基為更佳。 Examples of the polymerizable group represented by P 1 or P 2 include epoxy group, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, 1-chlorovinyl group, isopropenyl group, 4-vinylphenyl group, acryloxy group, and methacryl group. Cyloxy group, oxirane group, and oxetanyl group, etc. Among them, acryloyloxy group, methacryloxy group, vinyloxy group, oxirane group and oxetanyl group are preferred, and acryloyloxy group is more preferred.

Ar較佳為具有選自可具有取代基之芳香族烴環、可具有取代基之芳香族雜環、及電子吸引性基之至少一個。該芳香族烴環可列舉例如:苯環、萘環、蒽環等,以苯環、萘環為較佳。該芳香族雜環係可列舉:呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、吡咯環、吲哚環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡啶環、吡

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0032-37
環、嘧啶環、三唑環、三
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0033-38
環、吡咯啉環、咪唑環、吡唑環、噻唑環、苯并噻唑環、噻吩并噻唑環、噁唑環、苯并噁唑環、及啡啉環等。其中,以具有噻唑環、苯并噻唑環、或苯并呋喃環為較佳,以具有苯并噻唑基為再更佳。又,在Ar含有氮原子時,該氮原子係以具有π電子為較佳。 Ar preferably has at least one selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent, and an electron withdrawing group. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, etc., with benzene ring and naphthalene ring being preferred. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include: furan ring, benzofuran ring, pyrrole ring, indole ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring,
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0032-37
ring, pyrimidine ring, triazole ring, tri
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0033-38
ring, pyrroline ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, thienothiazole ring, oxazole ring, benzoxazole ring, and phenanthroline ring, etc. Among them, those having a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, or a benzofuran ring are preferred, and those having a benzothiazolyl group are even more preferred. Moreover, when Ar contains a nitrogen atom, it is preferable that the nitrogen atom has π electrons.

式(I)中,Ar所示之2價的芳香族基所含有的π電子之合計數Nπ係以8以上為較佳,更佳為10以上,再更佳為14以上,特別佳為16以上。又,較佳為30以下,更佳為26以下,再更佳為24以下。 In formula (I), the total number Nπ of π electrons contained in the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar is preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 14 or more, and particularly preferably 16 above. Moreover, it is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 26 or less, and still more preferably 24 or less.

以Ar所示之芳香族基係例如較佳可列舉下列基。 Preferable examples of the aromatic group represented by Ar include the following groups.

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0034-2
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0034-2

[式(Ar-1)至式(Ar-23)中, [In formula (Ar-1) to formula (Ar-23),

*符號係表示連結部分, *The symbol system indicates the connecting part,

Z0、Z1及Z2係分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1至12之烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1至12之烷基亞磺醯基、碳數1至12之烷基磺醯基、羧基、碳數1至12之氟烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、碳數1至12之 烷基硫基、碳數1至12之N-烷基胺基、碳數2至12之N,N-二烷基胺基、碳數1至12之N-烷基胺磺醯基或碳數2至12之N,N-二烷基胺磺醯基。 Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl sulfinyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 Alkylsulfonyl group to 12, carboxyl group, fluoroalkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkylthio group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, N- Alkylamino group, N,N-dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, N-alkylamine sulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or N,N-dialkylamine group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms Sulfonyl group.

Q1及Q2係分別獨立地表示-CR2’R3’-、-S-、-NH-、-NR2’-、-CO-或O-,R2’及R3’係分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1至4之烷基。 Q 1 and Q 2 represent independently -CR 2' R 3' -, -S-, -NH-, -NR 2' -, -CO- or O-, and R 2' and R 3' represent independently Ground represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

J1、及J2係分別獨立地表示碳原子、或氮原子。 J 1 and J 2 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.

Y1、Y2及Y3係分別獨立地表示可被取代之芳香族烴基或芳香族雜環基。 Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted.

W1及W2係分別獨立地表示氫原子、氰基、甲基或鹵素原子。 W 1 and W 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a halogen atom.

m係表示0至6之整數] m represents an integer from 0 to 6]

Y1、Y2及Y3中之芳香族烴基係可列舉:苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基等碳數6至20之芳香族烴基,以苯基、萘基為較佳,以苯基為更佳。芳香族雜環基係可列舉:呋喃基、吡咯基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯并噻唑基等至少包含1個氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等雜原子的碳數4至20之芳香族雜環基,以呋喃基、噻吩基、吡啶基、噻唑基、苯并噻唑基為較佳。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon groups in Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 include: phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl and other aromatic hydrocarbon groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, with phenyl and naphthyl being the Preferably, phenyl is more preferred. Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups include: furyl group, pyrrolyl group, thienyl group, pyridyl group, thiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, etc. C4 to 20 carbon atoms containing at least one heteroatom such as nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, etc. As the aromatic heterocyclic group, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl and benzothiazolyl are preferred.

Y1、Y2及Y3係分別獨立地可為可經取代之多環系芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。多環系芳香族烴基係指縮合多環系芳香族烴基、或源自芳香環集合之基。多環系芳香族雜環基係指縮合多環系芳香族雜環基、或源自芳香環集合之基。 Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 may each independently be a substituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. The polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a group derived from a collection of aromatic rings. The polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group or a group derived from a collection of aromatic rings.

Z0、Z1及Z2係分別獨立地較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1至12之烷基、氰基、硝基、碳數1至12之烷氧基,Z0係以氫原子、碳數 1至12之烷基、氰基為再更佳,Z1及Z2係以氫原子、氟原子、氯原子、甲基、氰基為再更佳。 Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 0 is A hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyano group are more preferably used. Z 1 and Z 2 are a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, and a cyano group.

Q1及Q2係以-NH-、-S-、-NR2’-、-O-為較佳,R2’係以氫原子為較佳。其中,以-S-、-O-、-NH-為特別佳。 Q 1 and Q 2 are preferably -NH-, -S-, -NR 2' -, -O-, and R 2' is preferably a hydrogen atom. Among them, -S-, -O- and -NH- are particularly preferred.

在以式(Ar-1)至(Ar-23)所示之化合物之中,從分子之穩定性的觀點而言,以式(Ar-6)及式(Ar-7)所示之化合物為較佳。 Among the compounds represented by formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-23), from the viewpoint of molecular stability, the compounds represented by formulas (Ar-6) and formula (Ar-7) are Better.

在式(Ar-16)至(Ar-23)所示之化合物中,Y1係可與此進行鍵結之氮原子及Z0一起形成芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基係可列舉前述作為Ar可具有之芳香族雜環者,但可列舉例如:吡咯環、咪唑環、吡咯啉環、吡啶環、吡

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0036-40
環、嘧啶環、吲哚環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、嘌呤環、吡咯烷環等。該芳香族雜環基係可具有取代基。又,Y1係可為與此進行鍵結之氮原子及Z0一起成為前述之可經取代的多環系芳香族烴基或多環系芳香族雜環基。可列舉例如:苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、苯并噁唑環等。 In the compounds represented by formulas (Ar-16) to (Ar-23), Y 1 can form an aromatic heterocyclic group together with the bonded nitrogen atom and Z 0 . Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include those mentioned above as aromatic heterocyclic rings that Ar may have. Examples thereof include: pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyrroline ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, etc.
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0036-40
ring, pyrimidine ring, indole ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, purine ring, pyrrolidine ring, etc. The aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. In addition, Y 1 may be a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted together with the nitrogen atom and Z 0 bonded thereto. Examples thereof include benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, benzoxazole ring, and the like.

在聚合性液晶化合物之中,較佳為極大吸收波長為300至400nm之化合物。在第2液晶組成物之長期穩定性之點為有利,且可提昇在第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層所含有的第2液晶組成物之硬化物層的配向性及膜厚之均勻性。此外,聚合性液晶化合物之極大吸收波長係可在溶劑中使用紫外可見分光光度計而測定。該溶劑係可溶解聚合性液晶化合物之溶劑,可列舉例如氯仿等。 Among the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, compounds having a maximum absorption wavelength of 300 to 400 nm are preferred. It is advantageous in terms of long-term stability of the second liquid crystal composition, and can improve the alignment and film thickness of the hardened material layer of the second liquid crystal composition contained in the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer. the uniformity. In addition, the maximum absorption wavelength of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be measured using a UV-visible spectrophotometer in a solvent. The solvent is a solvent capable of dissolving the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and examples thereof include chloroform.

圓盤狀之聚合性液晶化合物係可列舉例如:包含式(W)所示之基的化合物(以下,亦稱為「聚合性液晶化合物(W)」)。 Examples of the disk-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound include compounds containing a group represented by formula (W) (hereinafter, also referred to as "polymerizable liquid crystal compound (W)").

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-3
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-3

[式(W)中、R40係表示下述式(W-1)至(W-5)] [In the formula (W), R 40 represents the following formulas (W-1) to (W-5)]

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-4
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-4

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-5
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-5

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-6
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-6

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-7
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-7

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-8
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0037-8

[式(W-1)至(W-5)中, [In formulas (W-1) to (W-5),

X40及Z40係分別獨立地表示碳數1至12之烷二基,在該烷二基所含有的氫原子係可經碳數1至5之烷氧基取代,在該烷氧基所含有的氫原子係可被鹵素原子取代。又,構成該烷二基之-CH2-係可取代成-O-或-CO-。 X 40 and Z 40 each independently represent an alkyldiyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom contained in the alkyldiyl group may be substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group is The hydrogen atoms contained can be replaced by halogen atoms. In addition, -CH 2 - constituting the alkanediyl group may be substituted with -O- or -CO-.

m2係表示整數] The m2 system represents an integer]

棒狀之聚合性液晶化合物可列舉例如:以式(II)、式(III)、式(IV)、式(V)、式(VI)、或式(VII)所示之化合物。 Examples of the rod-shaped polymerizable liquid crystal compound include compounds represented by formula (II), formula (III), formula (IV), formula (V), formula (VI), or formula (VII).

P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-B16-E12-B17-P12 (II) P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-B16-E12-B17-P12 (II)

P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-F11 (III) P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-F11 (III)

P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-E12-B17-P12 (IV) P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-E12-B17-P12 (IV)

P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-F11 (V) P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-F11 (V)

P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-E12-B17-P12 (VI) P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-E12-B17-P12 (VI)

P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-F11 (VII) P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-F11 (VII)

[式(II)至(VII)中, [In formulas (II) to (VII),

A11至A14係分別獨立地表示2價之脂環式烴基或2價之芳香族烴基。該2價之脂環式烴基及2價之芳香族烴基所含有的氫原子係可被鹵素原子、碳數1至6之烷基、碳數1至6之烷氧基、氰基或硝基取代,該碳數1至6之烷基及該碳數1至6烷氧基所含有的氫原子係可被氟原子取代。 A11 to A14 each independently represent a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrogen atom contained in the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyano group or a nitro group. Substitution, the hydrogen atoms contained in the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be substituted by fluorine atoms.

B11及B17係分別獨立地表示-O-、-S-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NR16-、-NR16-CO-、-CO-、-CS-、或單鍵。R16係表示氫原子或碳數1至6之烷基。 B11 and B17 respectively independently represent -O-, -S-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NR 16 -, -NR 16 -CO-, -CO-, -CS-, or single bond. R 16 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

B12至B16係分別獨立地表示-C≡C-、-CH=CH-、-CH2-CH2-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-CH=N-、-N=CH-、-N=N-、-C(=O)-NR16-、-NR16-C(=O)-、-OCH2-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-CF2O-、-CH=CH-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-CH=CH-或單鍵。 B12 to B16 represent independently -C≡C-, -CH=CH-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O) -O-, -OC(=O)-, -OC(=O)-O-, -CH=N-, -N=CH-, -N=N-, -C(=O)-NR 16 - , -NR 16 -C(=O)-, -OCH 2 -, -OCF 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -CF 2 O-, -CH=CH-C(=O)-O-, -OC (=O)-CH=CH- or single bond.

E11及E12係分別獨立地表示碳數1至12之烷二基,該烷二基所含有的氫原子係可被碳數1至5之烷氧基取代,在該烷氧基所含有的氫原子係可被鹵素原子取代。又,構成該烷二基之-CH2-係可取代成-O-或-CO-。 E11 and E12 each independently represent an alkyldiyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom contained in the alkyldiyl group may be substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom contained in the alkoxy group The atomic system may be replaced by halogen atoms. In addition, -CH 2 - constituting the alkanediyl group may be substituted with -O- or -CO-.

F11係表示氫原子、碳數1至13之烷基、碳數1至13之烷氧基、氰基、硝基、三氟甲基、二甲基胺基、羥基、羥甲基、甲醯基、磺基(-SO3H)、羧基、碳數1至10之烷氧基羰基或鹵素原子,構成該烷基及烷氧基之-CH2-係可取代成-O-。 F11 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 13 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group with 1 to 13 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, a dimethylamino group, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a formyl group. group, sulfo group (-SO 3 H), carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms or halogen atom, and -CH 2 - constituting the alkyl group and alkoxy group may be substituted with -O-.

P11及P12係分別獨立地表示聚合性基] P11 and P12 each independently represent a polymerizable group]

相對於第2液晶組成物之固形份100質量份,第2液晶組成物中之聚合性液晶化合物的含量例如為70至99.5質量份,較佳為80至99質量份。只要聚合性液晶化合物之含量為上述範圍內,從所得到的硬化物層(液晶硬化膜)之配向性之觀點而言為有利。此外,在本說明書中,所謂第2液晶組成物之固形份係意指從第2液晶組成物去除有機溶劑等揮發性成分的全部成分。 The content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the second liquid crystal composition is, for example, 70 to 99.5 parts by mass, preferably 80 to 99 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the second liquid crystal composition. As long as the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is within the above range, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of the alignment of the obtained cured material layer (liquid crystal cured film). In addition, in this specification, the solid content of the second liquid crystal composition means all the components of the second liquid crystal composition excluding volatile components such as organic solvents.

(第1基材層、第2基材層) (1st base material layer, 2nd base material layer)

塗佈第1液晶組成物之第1基材層、及塗佈第2液晶組成物之第2基材層係可列舉玻璃基材及膜基材,以膜基材為較佳,就可連續地製造液晶偏光件或第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層之點而言,以長條之捲狀膜為更佳。第1液晶組成物及第2液晶組成物係可分別塗佈於第1基材層及第2基材層所形成的配向膜上。 Examples of the first base material layer coated with the first liquid crystal composition and the second base material layer coated with the second liquid crystal composition include glass base materials and film base materials. The film base material is preferred because it can be continuous. In terms of manufacturing a liquid crystal polarizer or a first liquid crystal retardation layer and a second liquid crystal retardation layer, a long roll-shaped film is better. The first liquid crystal composition and the second liquid crystal composition can be respectively coated on the alignment film formed by the first base material layer and the second base material layer.

構成膜基材之樹脂係可列舉例如:聚乙烯、聚丙烯等烯烴樹脂;具有環系或降茨烯結構之環狀烯烴系樹脂;聚乙烯醇;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯系樹脂;聚(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂;三乙酸纖維素、二乙酸纖維素及纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯等纖維素酯系樹脂;聚醯亞 胺系樹脂;聚碳酸酯;聚碸;聚醚碸;聚醚酮;聚苯硫醚;聚氧二甲苯(polyphenylene oxide)等。 Examples of the resin constituting the film base material include: olefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; cyclic olefin resins having a cyclic or norzene structure; polyvinyl alcohol; polyethylene terephthalate, polynaphthalene Polyester resins such as ethylene diformate; poly(meth)acrylic resins; cellulose ester resins such as cellulose triacetate, cellulose diacetate and cellulose acetate propionate; polyester resins Amine resin; polycarbonate; polystyrene; polyether styrene; polyetherketone; polyphenylene sulfide; polyphenylene oxide, etc.

膜基材係可使用市售之纖維素酯樹脂基材。如此的纖維素酯樹脂基材係可列舉“FUJITAC膜”(富士寫真FILM股份有限公司製);“KC8UX2M”、“KC8UY”及“KC4UY”(以上,KONICA MINOLTA OPTO股份有限公司製)等。 As the film base material, a commercially available cellulose ester resin base material can be used. Examples of such cellulose ester resin base materials include "FUJITAC Film" (manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.); "KC8UX2M", "KC8UY" and "KC4UY" (above, manufactured by KONICA MINOLTA OPTO Co., Ltd.), etc.

構成膜基材之環狀烯烴樹脂亦可使用市售之環狀烯烴系樹脂。如此的環狀烯烴系樹脂係可列舉“Topas”(註冊商標)(Ticona公司(獨)製)、“ARTON”(註冊商標)(JSR股份有限公司製)、“ZENOR(ZEONOR)”(註冊商標)、“ZEONEX(ZEONEX)”(註冊商標)(以上,日本ZEON股份有限公司製)及“APEL”(註冊商標)(三井化學股份有限公司製)。 As the cyclic olefin resin constituting the film base material, commercially available cyclic olefin-based resins can also be used. Examples of such cyclic olefin-based resins include "Topas" (registered trademark) (manufactured by Ticona Corporation), "ARTON" (registered trademark) (manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.), and "ZENOR (ZEONOR)" (registered trademark) ), "ZEONEX (ZEONEX)" (registered trademark) (the above, manufactured by Japan ZEON Co., Ltd.) and "APEL" (registered trademark) (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.).

使用第1基材層全體或其一部分作為保護層時,第1基材層較佳為具有在上述保護層中說明的材料及層結構。使用第1基材層之一部分作為保護層時,例如以在膜基材之表面形成離型層,並在膜基材上形成液晶偏光件之後,可剝離去除膜基材的方式即可。 When using the whole or a part of the first base material layer as a protective layer, the first base material layer preferably has the material and layer structure described for the above protective layer. When using part of the first base material layer as a protective layer, for example, a release layer is formed on the surface of the film base material, and a liquid crystal polarizer is formed on the film base material, and then the film base material can be peeled off and removed.

就成為實用上可操作程度的質量之點而言,第1基材層及第2基材層係以薄者為較佳,但太薄時,有強度會降低且加工性變差之傾向。從該觀點而言,第1基材層及第2基材層之厚度分別獨立地通常為5μm至300μm,較佳為10μm至200μm,更佳為10至50μm。藉由剝離第1基材層而轉印液晶偏光件(第1液晶組成物之硬化物層),並且剝離第2基材層而轉印第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層,而可謀求光學積層體之薄膜化。 In terms of quality that is practically operable, the first base material layer and the second base material layer are preferably thin. However, if they are too thin, the strength will decrease and the processability will tend to deteriorate. From this point of view, the thicknesses of the first base material layer and the second base material layer are independently usually 5 μm to 300 μm, preferably 10 μm to 200 μm, and more preferably 10 to 50 μm. The liquid crystal polarizer (hardened material layer of the first liquid crystal composition) is transferred by peeling off the first base material layer, and the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer are transferred by peeling off the second base material layer, Therefore, the optical laminate can be thinned.

(第1配向膜、第2配向膜) (1st alignment film, 2nd alignment film)

第1配向膜及第2配向膜係具有使聚合性液晶化合物朝期望方向進行液晶配向之配向規制力者。 The first alignment film and the second alignment film have an alignment regulating force that causes the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to align the liquid crystal in a desired direction.

第1配向膜及第2配向膜係容易進行聚合性液晶化合物之液晶配向。水平配向、垂直配向、混成(hybrid)配向、傾斜配向等液晶配向的狀態係依據第1配向膜及第2配向膜、以及聚合性液晶化合物之性質而變化,且可任意地選擇其組合。例如,第1配向膜及/或第2配向膜若為表現水平配向作為配向規制力之材料,則聚合性液晶化合物係可形成水平配向或混成配向,若為表現垂直配向之材料,則聚合性液晶化合物係可形成垂直配向或傾斜配向。水平、垂直等表現係以液晶偏光件、以及第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層之平面為基準時,表示經配向之聚合性液晶化合物的長軸之方向。例如,所謂垂直配向係在相對於液晶偏光件、第1液晶相位差層或第2液晶相位差層之平面為垂直的方向,具有經配向的聚合性液晶化合物之長軸。在此所謂之垂直意指相對於液晶偏光件、第1液晶相位差層或第2液晶相位差層之平面為90°±20°。 The first alignment film and the second alignment film facilitate liquid crystal alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The states of liquid crystal alignment such as horizontal alignment, vertical alignment, hybrid alignment, and tilt alignment vary depending on the properties of the first alignment film, the second alignment film, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and their combinations can be selected arbitrarily. For example, if the first alignment film and/or the second alignment film is a material that exhibits horizontal alignment as an alignment regulating force, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can form a horizontal alignment or a mixed alignment. If it is a material that exhibits vertical alignment, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can Liquid crystal compounds can form vertical alignment or tilt alignment. Expressions such as horizontal and vertical represent the direction of the long axis of the aligned polymerizable liquid crystal compound when the planes of the liquid crystal polarizer, the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer are used as a reference. For example, vertical alignment means having the long axis of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound aligned in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal polarizer, the first liquid crystal retardation layer, or the second liquid crystal retardation layer. The so-called vertical here means 90°±20° with respect to the plane of the liquid crystal polarizer, the first liquid crystal retardation layer or the second liquid crystal retardation layer.

配向規制力在配向膜由配向性聚合物形成時,可依據表面狀態或摩擦條件而任意地調整,在由光配向性聚合物形成時,可依據偏光照射條件等而任意地調整。又,亦可藉由選擇聚合性液晶化合物之表面張力或液晶性等物性,而控制液晶配向。 When the alignment film is formed of an alignment polymer, the alignment regulation force can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the surface state or friction conditions. When the alignment film is formed of a photo-alignment polymer, it can be arbitrarily adjusted according to polarized light irradiation conditions. In addition, liquid crystal alignment can also be controlled by selecting physical properties such as surface tension or liquid crystallinity of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.

第1配向膜及第2配向膜形成在膜基材或玻璃基材、與第1液晶組成物或第2液晶組成物之硬化物層之間時,較佳為不溶於第1液晶組成物或第2液晶組成物所含有的溶劑,又,在用以去除溶劑或配向聚合 性液晶化合物的加熱處理中具有耐熱性者。第1配向膜及第2配向膜係分別獨立地可列舉由配向性聚合物所構成的配向膜、光配向膜及凹槽(groove)配向膜、在配向方向進行延伸之延伸膜等,適用於長條之捲狀膜時,就可容易控制配向方向之點而言,以光配向膜為較佳。 When the first alignment film and the second alignment film are formed between the film base material or the glass base material and the hardened material layer of the first liquid crystal composition or the second liquid crystal composition, it is preferable that they are insoluble in the first liquid crystal composition or the second liquid crystal composition. The solvent contained in the second liquid crystal composition is used for solvent removal or alignment polymerization. The liquid crystal compound has heat resistance during heat treatment. The first alignment film and the second alignment film can independently include alignment films composed of alignment polymers, photo alignment films, groove alignment films, stretched films that stretch in the alignment direction, etc., and are suitable for When using a long roll-shaped film, the photo-alignment film is better because the alignment direction can be easily controlled.

第1配向膜及第2配向膜之厚度分別獨立地通常為10nm至5000nm之範圍,較佳為10nm至1000nm之範圍,更佳為30至300nm。 The thicknesses of the first alignment film and the second alignment film are independently usually in the range of 10 nm to 5000 nm, preferably in the range of 10 nm to 1000 nm, and more preferably in the range of 30 to 300 nm.

使用於摩擦配向膜之配向性聚合物係可列舉屬於在分子內具有醯胺鍵之聚醯胺或明膠類、在分子內具有醯亞胺鍵之聚醯亞胺及其水解物的聚醯胺酸、聚乙烯醇、烷基改性聚乙烯醇、聚丙烯醯胺、聚乙二醛、聚乙烯亞胺、聚苯乙烯、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯酸及聚丙烯酸酯類等。其中,以聚乙烯醇為較佳。此等配向性聚合物係可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上使用。 Examples of the alignment polymer used in the friction alignment film include polyamides or gelatins having amide bonds in the molecule, polyimides having amide imine bonds in the molecule, and polyamides of their hydrolysates. Acid, polyvinyl alcohol, alkyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylamide, polyglyoxal, polyethyleneimine, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid and polyacrylate esters, etc. Among them, polyvinyl alcohol is preferred. These alignment polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

進行摩擦之方法係可舉出:將配向性聚合物組成物塗佈於基材並進行退火(Annealing),藉此成為在膜基材或玻璃基材表面上形成有配向性聚合物之膜,使該膜與將摩擦布捲起且進行旋轉之摩擦輥進行接觸的方法。 An example of a rubbing method is to apply an oriented polymer composition to a base material and perform annealing to form a film of the oriented polymer on the surface of the film base material or glass base material. A method of bringing the film into contact with a friction roller that rolls up a friction cloth and rotates it.

光配向膜係由具有光反應性基之聚合物或寡聚物或單體所構成。光配向膜係藉由照射偏光以獲得配向規制力。就藉由選擇進行照射之偏光的偏光方向,可任意地控制配向規制力之方向的點而言,以光配向膜為更佳。 The photoalignment film is composed of polymers, oligomers or monomers with photoreactive groups. The photoalignment film obtains alignment regulation force by irradiating polarized light. In terms of the point where the direction of the alignment regulating force can be arbitrarily controlled by selecting the polarization direction of the polarized light for irradiation, a photo-alignment film is more preferable.

所謂光反應性基係指藉由照射光而產生液晶配向能力之基。具體而言,如藉由照射光而產生之分子的配向誘導或異性化反應、二聚體 化反應、光交聯反應、或光分解反應之產生成為液晶配向能力的起源的光反應者。該光反應性基之中,就配向性優異之點而言,引起二聚體化反應或光交聯反應者為較佳。可產生如以上反應的光反應性基係以不飽和鍵,尤其是具有雙鍵者為較佳,更佳為具有選自由碳-碳雙鍵(C=C鍵)、碳-氮雙鍵(C=N鍵)、氮-氮雙鍵(N=N鍵)、及碳-氧雙鍵(C=O鍵)所成的群組中之至少一種之基。 The so-called photoreactive group refers to a group that generates liquid crystal alignment ability by irradiating light. Specifically, such as alignment induction or anisotropy reaction of molecules produced by irradiation of light, dimers Chemical reaction, photo-crosslinking reaction, or photodecomposition reaction generates photoreactors that become the origin of liquid crystal alignment ability. Among the photoreactive groups, those that cause a dimerization reaction or a photocrosslinking reaction are preferred because of their excellent alignment properties. The photoreactive group that can produce the above reaction is preferably an unsaturated bond, especially one with a double bond, and more preferably one with a carbon-carbon double bond (C=C bond), a carbon-nitrogen double bond ( It is at least one group of the group consisting of C=N bond), nitrogen-nitrogen double bond (N=N bond), and carbon-oxygen double bond (C=O bond).

具有C=C鍵之光反應性基可列舉例如:乙烯基、聚烯基、二苯乙烯基、4-(2-苯乙烯)吡啶基(stilbazole)、4-(2-苯乙烯)吡啶鎓基、查耳酮(chalcone)基及桂皮醯基等。從容易控制反應性之點或光配向時之表現配向規制力之觀點而言,以查耳酮基及桂皮醯基為較佳。具有C=N鍵之光反應性基係可列舉具有芳香族希夫鹼及芳香族腙等結構之基。具有N=N鍵之光反應性基係可列舉:偶氮苯基、偶氮萘基、芳香族雜環偶氮基、雙偶氮基及甲瓚(formazan)基等,或以氧偶氮基苯作為基本結構者。具有C=O鍵之光反應性基係可列舉:二苯甲酮基、香豆素基、蒽醌基及馬來醯亞胺基等。此等之基也可具有烷基、烷氧基、芳基、烯丙氧基、氰基、烷氧基羰基、羥基、磺酸基及鹵化烷基等取代基。 Examples of the photoreactive group having a C=C bond include vinyl, polyalkenyl, distyryl, 4-(2-styrene)pyridyl (stilbazole), and 4-(2-styrene)pyridinium. base, chalcone base and cinnamon base, etc. Chalcone groups and cinnamyl groups are preferred from the viewpoint of easy control of reactivity or alignment control ability during photoalignment. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C=N bond include groups having structures such as aromatic Schiff bases and aromatic hydrazones. Photoreactive groups with N=N bonds include: azophenyl group, azonaphthyl group, aromatic heterocyclic azo group, disazo group, formazan group, etc., or oxyazo group Benzene as the basic structure. Photoreactive groups with C=O bonds include: benzophenone group, coumarin group, anthraquinone group, maleimide group, etc. These groups may also have substituents such as alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, allyloxy, cyano, alkoxycarbonyl, hydroxyl, sulfonate, and halogenated alkyl groups.

在照射偏光中,可為從膜面直接照射偏光之形式,亦可為從膜基材或玻璃基材側照射偏光,使偏光穿透之形式。又,該偏光特別佳為實質上為平行光。進行照射之偏光的波長係具有光反應性基之聚合物或單體之光反應性基可為能夠吸收光能量之波長區域者。具體而言,以波長250至400nm之範圍的UV(紫外光)為特別佳。 In the irradiation of polarized light, the polarized light may be directly irradiated from the film surface, or the polarized light may be irradiated from the side of the film substrate or glass substrate to allow the polarized light to penetrate. In addition, it is particularly preferred that the polarized light is substantially parallel light. The wavelength of the polarized light for irradiation is a wavelength region in which the photoreactive group of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can absorb light energy. Specifically, UV (ultraviolet light) having a wavelength in the range of 250 to 400 nm is particularly preferred.

(第1貼合層、接著劑層) (1st laminating layer, adhesive layer)

第1貼合層係活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層,被稱為所謂之接著劑層的貼合層。接著劑層係可使用接著劑組成物而形成。 The first bonding layer is a hardened material layer of the active energy ray curable composition and is called a so-called adhesive layer. The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition.

接著劑組成物可列舉例如:水系接著劑組成物、藉由加熱或紫外線、可見光、電子線、X射線等活性能量線的照射而硬化的活性能量線硬化性組成物等。水系接著劑組成物可列舉例如:將作為主成分之聚乙烯醇系樹脂或胺甲酸乙酯樹脂溶解於水而成者、使作為主成分之聚乙烯醇系樹脂或胺甲酸乙酯樹脂分散於水而成者。水系接著劑組成物係可更包含多元醛、三聚氰胺系化合物、氧化鋯化合物、鋅化合物、乙二醛化合物、水溶性環氧樹脂等硬化性成分或交聯劑。 Examples of the adhesive composition include aqueous adhesive compositions and active energy ray curable compositions cured by heating or irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays, visible light, electron beams, and X-rays. Examples of the water-based adhesive composition include those in which polyvinyl alcohol-based resin or urethane resin as the main component is dissolved in water, and polyvinyl alcohol-based resin or urethane resin as the main component is dispersed in Made of water. The water-based adhesive composition may further include hardening components or cross-linking agents such as polyhydric aldehydes, melamine compounds, zirconium oxide compounds, zinc compounds, glyoxal compounds, and water-soluble epoxy resins.

接著劑組成物較佳為包含硬化性(聚合性)化合物作為主成分,並藉由活性能量線之照射而硬化的活性能量線硬化性組成物。活性能量線硬化性組成物係可列舉:包含陽離子聚合性化合物作為硬化性化合物之陽離子聚合性接著劑組成物、包含自由基聚合性化合物作為硬化性化合物之自由基聚合性接著劑組成物、包含陽離子聚合性化合物與自由基聚合性化合物兩者作為硬化性化合物之混成型接著劑組成物等。 The adhesive composition is preferably an active energy ray curable composition containing a curable (polymerizable) compound as a main component and cured by irradiation of active energy rays. Examples of active energy ray curable compositions include: a cationically polymerizable adhesive composition containing a cationically polymerizable compound as a curable compound; a radically polymerizable adhesive composition containing a radically polymerizable compound as a curable compound; Mixed adhesive compositions using both a cationically polymerizable compound and a radically polymerizable compound as a curable compound.

陽離子聚合性化合物係藉由紫外線、可見光、電子線、X射線等之活性能量線照射或加熱而進行陽離子聚合反應並硬化之化合物或寡聚物,具體上係可列舉環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物、乙烯基化合物等。 The cationic polymerizable compound is a compound or oligomer that undergoes a cationic polymerization reaction and hardens by irradiation or heating with active energy rays such as ultraviolet light, visible light, electron rays, X-rays, etc. Specific examples include epoxy compounds and oxygen heterocycles. Butane compounds, vinyl compounds, etc.

環氧化合物係可列舉3,4-環氧環己烷羧酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲基酯等脂環式環氧化合物(在分子內具有1個以上與脂環式環鍵結的環氧基之化合物);雙酚A之二環氧丙基醚等芳香族環氧化合物(在分子內具有芳香族環與環氧基之化合物);2-乙基己基環氧丙基醚、1,4-丁二醇二環氧丙基醚 等脂肪族環氧化合物(在分子內至少具有1個與脂肪族碳原子鍵結之環氧乙烷環的化合物)等。 Examples of the epoxy compound include alicyclic epoxy compounds such as 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ester (having one or more alicyclic ring bonds in the molecule) Compounds with bonded epoxy groups); aromatic epoxy compounds such as bisphenol A's diepoxypropyl ether (compounds with aromatic rings and epoxy groups in the molecule); 2-ethylhexylepoxypropyl Ether, 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether Aliphatic epoxy compounds (compounds with at least one ethylene oxide ring bonded to an aliphatic carbon atom in the molecule), etc.

氧雜環丁烷化合物係可列舉在3-乙基-3-{[(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基]甲基}氧雜環丁烷等分子內具有1個以上氧雜環丁烷環的化合物。 Examples of the oxetane compound include 3-ethyl-3-{[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy]methyl}oxetane and the like. Compounds with more than one oxetane ring.

陽離子聚合性接著劑組成物係以包含陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳。陽離子聚合起始劑係可為熱陽離子聚合起始劑,亦可為光陽離子聚合起始劑。陽離子聚合起始劑係可列舉六氟銻酸重氮苯鹽等芳香族重氮鹽;二苯基錪鎓肆(五氟苯基)硼酸鹽等之芳香族錪鹽;三苯基鋶鎓六氟磷酸鹽等芳香族鋶鹽;二甲苯-環戊二烯基鐵(II)六氟銻酸酯等之鐵-芳烴錯合物等。相對於陽離子聚合性化合物100質量份,陽離子聚合起始劑之含量通常為0.1至10質量份。陽離子聚合起始劑係可包含2種以上。 The cationically polymerizable adhesive composition preferably contains a cationic polymerization initiator. The cationic polymerization initiator may be a thermal cationic polymerization initiator or a photocationic polymerization initiator. Examples of the cationic polymerization initiator include aromatic diazonium salts such as hexafluoroantimonate diazobenzene salt; aromatic iodonium salts such as diphenylsulfonium 4 (pentafluorophenyl) borate; triphenylsulfonium hexanate. Aromatic sulfonium salts such as fluorophosphates; iron-aromatic hydrocarbon complexes such as xylene-cyclopentadienyl iron(II) hexafluoroantimonate ester, etc. The content of the cationic polymerization initiator is usually 0.1 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the cationically polymerizable compound. The cationic polymerization initiator system may contain two or more types.

陽離子聚合性接著劑組成物可列舉例如:日本特開2016-126345號公報、日本特開2021-113969號公報記載之陽離子聚合性組成物等。 Examples of the cationically polymerizable adhesive composition include the cationically polymerizable compositions described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-126345 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2021-113969.

自由基聚合性化合物係藉由紫外線、可見光、電子線、X射線等之活性能量線照射或加熱而進行自由基聚合反應並硬化之化合物或寡聚物,具體可列舉具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物。具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係可列舉在分子內具有1個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基的(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物、在分子內具有1個以上之乙烯基的乙烯化合物等。 The radically polymerizable compound is a compound or oligomer that undergoes a radical polymerization reaction and hardens by irradiation or heating with active energy rays such as ultraviolet light, visible light, electron rays, X-rays, etc. Specific examples include those having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. compound. Examples of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include (meth)acrylic compounds having one or more (meth)acrylyl groups in the molecule, vinyl compounds having one or more vinyl groups in the molecule, and the like.

(甲基)丙烯酸系化合物係可列舉在分子內至少具有1個(甲基)丙烯醯氧基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體、(甲基)丙烯醯胺單體、及使2種以上含官能基的化合物反應所得之在分子內具有至少2個(甲基)丙烯醯基的(甲基)丙烯酸寡聚物等含(甲基)丙烯醯基的化合物。 Examples of the (meth)acrylic compound include (meth)acrylate monomers having at least one (meth)acryloxy group in the molecule, (meth)acrylamide monomers, and combinations of two or more types thereof. (Meth)acrylyl group-containing compounds such as (meth)acrylic acid oligomers having at least two (meth)acrylyl groups in the molecule obtained by reacting functional group-containing compounds.

自由基聚合性接著劑組成物係以包含自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。自由基聚合起始劑係可為熱自由基聚合起始劑,亦可為光自由基聚合起始劑。自由基聚合起始劑係可列舉乙醯苯、3-甲基乙醯苯等乙醯苯系起始劑;二苯甲酮、4-氯二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系起始劑;苯偶姻丙基醚、苯偶姻乙基醚等苯偶姻醚系起始劑;4-異丙基硫雜蒽酮等硫雜蒽酮系起始劑;氧蒽酮、茀酮等。相對於自由基聚合性化合物100質量份,自由基聚合起始劑之含量通常為0.1至10質量份。自由基聚合起始劑可包含2種以上。 The radical polymerizable adhesive composition preferably contains a radical polymerization initiator. The radical polymerization initiator may be a thermal radical polymerization initiator or a photo-radical polymerization initiator. Examples of free radical polymerization initiators include acetobenzene-based initiators such as acetobenzene and 3-methylacetobenzene; benzophenone, 4-chlorobenzophenone, and 4,4'-diamino Benzophenone-based initiators such as benzophenone; benzoin ether-based initiators such as benzoin propyl ether and benzoin ethyl ether; thioxanthrene such as 4-isopropylthiaxanthone Ketone starters; xanthone, quinone, etc. The content of the radical polymerization initiator is usually 0.1 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the radically polymerizable compound. The radical polymerization initiator may contain two or more types.

自由基聚合性接著劑組成物可列舉例如:日本特開2016-126345號公報、日本特開2016-153474號公報、國際公開第2017/183335號記載之自由基聚合性組成物等。 Examples of the radically polymerizable adhesive composition include the radically polymerizable compositions described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-126345, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-153474, and International Publication No. 2017/183335.

活性能量線硬化性接著劑組成物係可因應所需而含有離子捕捉劑、抗氧化劑、鏈移動劑、增黏劑、熱塑性樹脂、填充劑、流動調整劑、塑化劑、消泡劑、抗靜電劑、調平劑、溶劑等添加劑。 The composition of the active energy ray curable adhesive can contain ion trapping agents, antioxidants, chain moving agents, tackifiers, thermoplastic resins, fillers, flow regulators, plasticizers, defoaming agents, anti-oxidants, etc. Additives such as electrostatic agents, leveling agents, solvents, etc.

可在藉由第1貼合層或接著劑層所貼合的2層中之至少一層的貼合面上,塗佈接著劑組成物,隔著接著劑組成物之塗佈層將上述2層重疊,使用貼合輥等而從上下進行擠壓並貼合後,乾燥塗佈層,對塗佈層照射活性能量線並使其硬化,或進行加熱並使其硬化來進行。 The adhesive composition can be coated on the bonding surface of at least one of the two layers bonded by the first bonding layer or the adhesive layer, and the two layers can be separated through the coating layer of the adhesive composition. After overlapping and laminating by pressing from above and below using a laminating roller or the like, the coating layer is dried, and the coating layer is irradiated with active energy rays and hardened, or heated and hardened.

在形成接著劑組成物之塗佈層前,可在上述2層之貼合面的至少一者,施予皂化處理、電暈處理、電漿處理、底塗處理、錨定塗敷處理等易接著處理。 Before forming the coating layer of the adhesive composition, at least one of the bonding surfaces of the above two layers may be subjected to saponification treatment, corona treatment, plasma treatment, primer treatment, anchor coating treatment, etc. Then process.

在接著劑組成物之塗佈層的形成中,可使用模縫塗佈器、缺角輪塗佈器、凹版塗佈器、線棒塗佈器、刮刀塗佈器等各種塗佈方式。 In forming the coating layer of the adhesive composition, various coating methods such as die slot coater, notch wheel coater, gravure coater, wire bar coater, and blade coater can be used.

照射活性能量線時之光照射強度只要是依活性能量線硬化型接著劑組成物之每一組成而決定者,則無特別限定,但以10mW/cm2以上1,000mW/cm2以下為較佳。此外,照射強度較佳為對光陽離子聚合起始劑或光自由基聚合起始劑之活性化為有效的波長區域之強度。以如此的光照射強度進行1次或複數次照射,較佳為使其累積光量設為10mJ/cm2以上,更佳為設為100mJ/cm2以上1,000mJ/cm2以下。 The light irradiation intensity when irradiating active energy rays is not particularly limited as long as it is determined according to each composition of the active energy ray curable adhesive composition, but it is preferably 10 mW/cm 2 or more and 1,000 mW/cm 2 or less. . In addition, the irradiation intensity is preferably the intensity in the wavelength region effective for activation of the photocationic polymerization initiator or the photoradical polymerization initiator. When irradiating with such light irradiation intensity once or multiple times, the cumulative light amount is preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 or more, more preferably 100 mJ/cm 2 or more and 1,000 mJ/cm 2 or less.

為了進行活性能量線硬化型接著劑組成物之聚合硬化所使用的光源並無特別限定,但可列舉例如:低壓水銀燈、中壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、氙燈、鹵素燈、化學燈、黑光燈、微波激發水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈。 The light source used for polymerization and hardening of the active energy ray curable adhesive composition is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include: low-pressure mercury lamp, medium-pressure mercury lamp, high-pressure mercury lamp, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, xenon lamp, halogen lamp, chemical lamp, Black light lamp, microwave excited mercury lamp, metal halide lamp.

由水系接著劑組成物所形成的接著劑層之厚度係例如可為5μm以下,以1μm以下為較佳,以0.5μm以下為更佳,可為0.01μm以上,以0.05μm以上為較佳。 The thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the water-based adhesive composition may be, for example, 5 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, and may be 0.01 μm or more, preferably 0.05 μm or more.

由活性能量線硬化型接著劑組成物所形成的硬化物層(接著劑層)之厚度係例如可為10μm以下,以5μm以下為較佳,以3μm以下為更佳,可為0.1μm以上,以0.5μm以上為較佳,1μm以上為更佳。 The thickness of the hardened material layer (adhesive layer) formed of the active energy ray curable adhesive composition may be, for example, 10 μm or less, preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or less, and may be 0.1 μm or more. It is preferably 0.5 μm or more, and more preferably 1 μm or more.

(第2貼合層、第3貼合層) (2nd laminating layer, 3rd laminating layer)

第2貼合層及第3貼合層係玻璃轉移溫度Tg為25℃以下之貼合層。Tg為25℃以下之貼合層係例如可使用黏著劑組成物而形成。貼合層之Tg係可藉由示差掃描熱量計(DSC)來測定。 The second bonding layer and the third bonding layer are bonding layers whose glass transition temperature Tg is 25°C or lower. The bonding layer with a Tg of 25° C. or lower can be formed using an adhesive composition, for example. The Tg of the lamination layer can be measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).

黏著劑組成物係無特別限制而可使用以往公知之光學透明性優異的黏著劑組成物,例如,可使用具有(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、胺甲酸乙酯系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、聚乙烯基醚系樹脂等基礎聚合物(base polymer)的黏著劑組成物。又,可為活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組成物、熱硬化型黏著劑組成物等。此等之中,合適的是以透明性、黏著力、再剝離性、耐候性、耐熱性等優異的丙烯酸系樹脂作為基礎聚合物之黏著劑組成物。 The adhesive composition is not particularly limited, and conventionally known adhesive compositions with excellent optical transparency can be used. For example, (meth)acrylic resins, urethane resins, polysiloxane resins, Adhesive composition of base polymer such as polyvinyl ether resin. Moreover, it may be an active energy ray hardening type adhesive composition, a thermosetting type adhesive composition, etc. Among these, an adhesive composition using an acrylic resin as a base polymer which is excellent in transparency, adhesion, re-peelability, weather resistance, heat resistance, etc. is suitable.

黏著劑組成物係可更包含交聯劑、矽烷化合物、抗靜電劑等。 The adhesive composition system may further include cross-linking agents, silane compounds, antistatic agents, etc.

在黏著劑組成物所含有的(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂係源自以下述式(VIII)所示的(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯的結構單元(以下,亦稱為「結構單元(VIII)」)作為主成分(例如,相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之結構單元100質量份為包含50質量份以上)之聚合物(以下,亦稱為「(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物」)為較佳。 The (meth)acrylic resin contained in the adhesive composition is a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate represented by the following formula (VIII) (hereinafter, also referred to as "structural unit (VIII)") ) is a polymer (hereinafter also referred to as "(meth)acrylate polymer") as a main component (for example, containing 50 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the structural unit of the (meth)acrylic resin). Better.

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0048-9
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0048-9

[式(VIII)中, [In formula (VIII),

R10係表示氫原子或甲基, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,

R20係表示碳數1至20之烷基,前述烷基係可具有直鏈狀、分枝狀或環狀之任一結構,前述烷基之氫原子係可以碳數1至10之烷氧基取代] R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl group can have any structure of linear, branched or cyclic. The hydrogen atom of the alkyl group can be an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. base substitution]

以式(VIII)所示之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可列舉例如:(甲基)丙烯酸甲基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊 基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異己基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正庚基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正及異壬基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正癸基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異茨基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基酯等。含烷氧基之丙烯酸烷基酯之具體例係可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧基甲基酯等。其中,以包含(甲基)丙烯酸正丁基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己基酯為較佳,以包含(甲基)丙烯酸正丁基酯為特別佳。 Examples of the (meth)acrylate represented by formula (VIII) include: (meth)acrylic acid methyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid ethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid n-propyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid ethyl ester Isopropyl acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, n-pentyl (meth)acrylate ester, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, isohexyl (meth)acrylate, n-heptyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate , 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n- and isononyl (meth)acrylate, n-decyl (meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid n-dodecyl ester, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isozyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Specific examples of the alkoxy-group-containing alkyl acrylate include 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, epoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and the like. Among them, those containing n-butyl (meth)acrylate or 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate are preferred, and those containing n-butyl (meth)acrylate are particularly preferred.

(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物係可包含源自結構單元(VIII)以外之其他單體的構成單元。源自其他單體的結構單元係可為1種,亦可為2種以上。(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物可包含的其他單體係可列舉具有極性官能基之單體、具有芳香族基之單體、丙烯醯胺系單體。 The (meth)acrylate polymer system may contain structural units derived from monomers other than structural unit (VIII). The number of structural units derived from other monomers may be one type or two or more types. Examples of other monomers that the (meth)acrylate polymer may include include monomers having polar functional groups, monomers having aromatic groups, and acrylamide-based monomers.

具有極性官能基之單體係可列舉具有極性官能基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。極性官能基係可列舉:羥基;羧基;經碳數1至6之烷基取代的取代胺基或未取代胺基;環氧基等雜環基等。 Examples of the monosystem having a polar functional group include (meth)acrylate having a polar functional group. Examples of polar functional groups include: hydroxyl group; carboxyl group; substituted amino group or unsubstituted amino group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; heterocyclic groups such as epoxy group, etc.

相對於(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物之全部結構單元100質量份,(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物中之源自具有極性官能基的單體之結構單元的含量較佳為10質量份以下,更佳為0.5質量份以上10質量份以下,再更佳為1質量份以上5質量份以下。 The content of structural units derived from monomers having polar functional groups in the (meth)acrylate polymer is preferably 10 parts by mass or less relative to 100 parts by mass of all structural units of the (meth)acrylate polymer. More preferably, it is not less than 0.5 parts by mass and not more than 10 parts by mass, and still more preferably not less than 1 part by mass and not more than 5 parts by mass.

具有芳香族基之單體係可在分子內具有1個(甲基)丙烯醯基與1個以上芳香環(例如,苯環、萘環等),可列舉具有苯基、苯氧基乙基、或苯甲基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 A single system with an aromatic group can have one (meth)acrylyl group and one or more aromatic rings (for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, etc.) in the molecule, and examples include phenyl group and phenoxyethyl group. , or benzyl (meth)acrylate.

相對於(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物之全部結構單元100質量份,(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物中之源自具有芳香族基的單體之結構單元的含量較佳為4質量份以上20質量份以下,更佳為4質量份以上15質量份以下。 The content of the structural units derived from the monomer having an aromatic group in the (meth)acrylate polymer is preferably 4 parts by mass or more 20 Parts by mass or less, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less.

丙烯醯胺系單體係可列舉:N-(甲氧基甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(乙氧基甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(丙氧基甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(丁氧基甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲基丙氧基甲基)丙烯醯胺等。 Examples of acrylamide-based monosystems include: N-(methoxymethyl)acrylamide, N-(ethoxymethyl)acrylamide, N-(propoxymethyl)acrylamide, N -(Butoxymethyl)acrylamide, N-(2-methylpropoxymethyl)acrylamide, etc.

再者,源自結構單元(VIII)以外之其他單體之結構單元,係可包含源自苯乙烯系單體之結構單元、源自乙烯基系單體之結構單元、源自分子內具有複數個(甲基)丙烯醯基的單體之結構單元等。 Furthermore, structural units derived from monomers other than structural unit (VIII) may include structural units derived from styrene-based monomers, structural units derived from vinyl-based monomers, and structural units derived from monomers having plural numbers in the molecule. The structural unit of a (meth)acrylyl monomer, etc.

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(以下,亦僅稱為「Mw」)係以50萬至250萬為較佳。重量平均分子量為50萬以上時,可提昇在高溫、高濕之環境下的黏著劑層之耐久性。重量平均分子量為250萬以下時,塗佈含有黏著劑組成物之塗佈液時的操作性變得良好。以重量平均分子量(Mw)與數量平均分子量(以下,亦僅稱為「Mn」)之比所示的分子量分布(Mw/Mn)通常為2至10。在本說明書中所謂「重量平均分子量」及「數量平均分子量」係藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)法所測定的聚苯乙烯換算值。 The weight average molecular weight (hereinafter, also referred to simply as "Mw") of the (meth)acrylic resin is preferably 500,000 to 2.5 million. When the weight average molecular weight is more than 500,000, the durability of the adhesive layer in high temperature and high humidity environments can be improved. When the weight average molecular weight is 2.5 million or less, the workability when applying the coating liquid containing the adhesive composition becomes good. The molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) expressed as the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (hereinafter, also referred to as "Mn") is usually 2 to 10. The so-called "weight average molecular weight" and "number average molecular weight" in this specification are polystyrene-converted values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂係溶解於乙酸乙酯並成為濃度20質量%之溶液時,在25℃之黏度以20Pa‧s以下為較佳,以0.1至15Pa‧s為更 佳。(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂之在25℃的黏度為上述範圍內時,提升包含由上述樹脂所形成的黏著劑層之光學積層體的耐久性、及對重工性有幫助。上述黏度係可藉由布魯克菲爾德(Brookfield)黏度計而測定。 When (meth)acrylic resin is dissolved in ethyl acetate and becomes a solution with a concentration of 20% by mass, the viscosity at 25°C is preferably 20 Pa‧s or less, and more preferably 0.1 to 15Pa‧s. good. When the viscosity of the (meth)acrylic resin at 25°C is within the above range, the durability of the optical laminate including the adhesive layer formed of the above resin is improved, and it is helpful for reworkability. The above viscosity system can be measured by a Brookfield viscometer.

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)係例如為-60至20℃,較佳為-50至15℃,更佳為-45至10℃,再更佳為-40至0℃。又,玻璃轉移溫度係可藉由示差掃描熱量計(DSC)而測定。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the (meth)acrylic resin is, for example, -60 to 20°C, preferably -50 to 15°C, more preferably -45 to 10°C, still more preferably -40 to 0°C . In addition, the glass transition temperature can be measured with a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂係可包含2種以上(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物。如此的(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物係可列舉例如:以源自前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯之結構單元(VIII)作為主成分者,且重量平均分子量為如在5萬至30萬之範圍的比較低分子量之(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物。 The (meth)acrylic resin system may contain two or more kinds of (meth)acrylate polymers. Examples of such (meth)acrylate polymers include those containing the structural unit (VIII) derived from the aforementioned (meth)acrylate as a main component, and having a weight average molecular weight in the range of, for example, 50,000 to 300,000. A relatively low molecular weight (meth)acrylate polymer.

(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂通常可藉由溶液聚合法、塊狀聚合法、懸浮聚合法、乳化聚合法等公知之聚合方法來製造。在(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之製造中,通常,在聚合起始劑之存在下進行聚合。相對於構成(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂之全部單體之合計100質量份,聚合起始劑之使用量通常為0.001至5質量份。 (Meth)acrylic resins can generally be produced by known polymerization methods such as solution polymerization, block polymerization, suspension polymerization, and emulsion polymerization. In the production of (meth)acrylic resin, polymerization is usually performed in the presence of a polymerization initiator. The usage amount of the polymerization initiator is usually 0.001 to 5 parts by mass relative to a total of 100 parts by mass of all monomers constituting the (meth)acrylic resin.

黏著劑組成物係以包含交聯劑為較佳。交聯劑係可列舉慣用之交聯劑(例如,異氰酸酯化合物、環氧化合物、氮丙啶化合物、金屬螯合物化合物、過氧化物等),尤其是,從黏著劑組成物之操作時間、交聯速度、及偏光板之耐久性等的觀點而言,以異氰酸酯系化合物為較佳。相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂100質量份,例如,交聯劑之比例為0.01至10質量份,較佳為0.05至5質量份。 The adhesive composition preferably contains a cross-linking agent. The cross-linking agent can include commonly used cross-linking agents (for example, isocyanate compounds, epoxy compounds, aziridine compounds, metal chelate compounds, peroxides, etc.). In particular, from the operating time of the adhesive composition, From the viewpoints of cross-linking speed, durability of the polarizing plate, etc., isocyanate-based compounds are preferred. For example, the proportion of the crosslinking agent is 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic resin.

黏著劑組成物係可更含有矽烷化合物。相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂100質量份,在黏著劑組成物中之矽烷化合物的含量通常為0.01至10質量份。 The adhesive composition may further contain a silane compound. The content of the silane compound in the adhesive composition is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic resin.

黏著劑組成物係可更包含抗靜電劑。抗靜電劑係可列舉公知者,以離子性抗靜電劑為適合。以黏著劑組成物之抗靜電性能的經時穩定性優異之點而言,以在室溫為固體之離子性抗靜電劑為較佳。相對於(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂100質量份,抗靜電劑之含量較佳為0.01至20質量份,更佳為1至7質量。 The adhesive composition may further include an antistatic agent. Examples of the antistatic agent include known ones, and ionic antistatic agents are suitable. In view of the excellent stability of the antistatic properties over time of the adhesive composition, an ionic antistatic agent that is solid at room temperature is preferred. The content of the antistatic agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 7 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (meth)acrylic resin.

黏著劑層之厚度通常為0.1至30μm,較佳為3至30μm,再更佳為5至25μm。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is usually 0.1 to 30 μm, preferably 3 to 30 μm, and more preferably 5 to 25 μm.

黏著劑層係在溫度25℃之儲存彈性係數較佳為1.0×104Pa至1.0×106Pa,更佳為1.0×104Pa至1.0×105Pa。儲存彈性係數係可藉由動態黏彈性測定而獲得。 The storage elastic coefficient of the adhesive layer at a temperature of 25°C is preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa to 1.0×10 6 Pa, more preferably 1.0×10 4 Pa to 1.0×10 5 Pa. The storage elastic coefficient can be obtained by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement.

黏著劑層係在溫度70℃之潛變量△Cr例如為65μm以下,可為50μm以下、45μm以下、40μm以下、35μm以下、30μm以下、25μm以下、20μm以下,進一步可為15μm以下。潛變量△Cr之下限例如為0.5μm。若潛變量為如此的範圍,與儲存彈性係數之情形同樣地,可抑制切割光學積層體時之缺膠、膠污染、及切割不良。此外,潛變值係例如可依以下程序測定:針對以縱20mm×橫20mm之接合面貼附於不銹鋼製試驗板之黏著劑層,以固定試驗板之狀態朝鉛直下方施加500gf之荷重。從開始施加荷重100秒後及3600秒後之各時間點,測定黏著劑層相對於試驗板之潛 變量(偏移量),並分別設為Cr100及Cr3600。從測得之Cr100及Cr3600,可藉由式△Cr=Cr3600-Cr100求得潛變量△Cr。 The latent variable ΔCr of the adhesive layer at a temperature of 70°C is, for example, 65 μm or less, and may be 50 μm or less, 45 μm or less, 40 μm or less, 35 μm or less, 30 μm or less, 25 μm or less, 20 μm or less, and further may be 15 μm or less. The lower limit of the latent variable ΔCr is, for example, 0.5 μm. If the latent variable is in such a range, similar to the case of storing the elastic coefficient, it is possible to suppress glue shortage, glue contamination, and cutting failure when cutting the optical laminated body. In addition, the creep value can be measured, for example, according to the following procedure: Apply a load of 500 gf vertically downward to an adhesive layer attached to a stainless steel test plate with a joint surface of 20 mm in length x 20 mm in width. The test plate is fixed. At each time point 100 seconds and 3600 seconds after the load is applied, the latent variable (offset) of the adhesive layer relative to the test plate is measured and set to Cr 100 and Cr 3600 respectively. From the measured Cr 100 and Cr 3600 , the latent variable ΔCr can be obtained by the formula ΔCr=Cr 3600 -Cr 100 .

(分離膜) (separation membrane)

分離膜係對於用以將光學積層體貼合於顯示元件之第3貼合層設置為可剝離,且被覆保護第3貼合層之表面。從附分離膜的光學積層體之第3貼合層剝離分離膜時,分離膜係可將第3貼合層之形狀原樣保持地剝離。分離膜係以具有基材膜及離型處理層者為較佳。基材膜係可列舉將樹脂製膜而成之膜,該樹脂係可列舉例如:使用於第1基材層及第2基材層之膜基材。離型處理層係只要為公知之離型處理層即可,可列舉例如:在基材膜塗敷氟化合物或聚矽氧化合物等之離型劑所形成的層。 The release film is peelable from the third bonding layer for bonding the optical laminate to the display element, and covers and protects the surface of the third bonding layer. When the release film is peeled off from the third bonding layer of the optical laminate with a release film, the release film can be peeled off while maintaining the shape of the third bonding layer. The separation membrane is preferably one that has a base film and a release treatment layer. Examples of the base film include a film formed of a resin. Examples of the resin include film base materials used for the first base material layer and the second base material layer. The release treatment layer only needs to be a known release treatment layer, and examples thereof include a layer formed by coating a base film with a release agent such as a fluorine compound or a polysiloxy compound.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,顯示實施例而更具體地說明本發明,但本發明係不受此等之例所限定者。實施例及比較例中之「%」及「份」只要無特別記載,係表示「質量%」及「質量份」。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be explained more specifically by showing examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. "%" and "parts" in the examples and comparative examples mean "mass %" and "mass parts" unless otherwise specified.

[厚度之測定] [Measurement of thickness]

在各層之厚度的測定中只要無特別記載,係使用雷射顯微鏡(LEXT、奧林巴斯(OLYMPUS)股份有限公司製)、或NIKON股份有限公司製之數位式測微機(DIGITAL MICROMETER)「MH-15M」。 Unless otherwise specified, the thickness of each layer is measured using a laser microscope (LEXT, manufactured by OLYMPUS Co., Ltd.) or a digital micrometer (DIGITAL MICROMETER) manufactured by NIKON Co., Ltd. "MH" -15M".

[附基材層的偏光板(1)之製作] [Production of polarizing plate (1) with base material layer]

(第1液晶組成物之調製) (Preparation of the first liquid crystal composition)

混合下述成分,在溫度80℃下攪拌1小時,以獲得第1液晶組成物。聚合性液晶化合物(X1)及(X2)係具有下述所示的結構。二色性色素(DP1) 至(DP3)係日本特開2013-101328號公報之實施例記載的偶氮色素,具有下述所示的結構。 The following components were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 80° C. for 1 hour to obtain a first liquid crystal composition. The polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (X1) and (X2) have structures shown below. Dichroic pigment (DP1) (DP3) is an azo dye described in the Example of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-101328, and has the structure shown below.

聚合性液晶化合物(X1):75份 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1): 75 parts

聚合性液晶化合物(X2):25份 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X2): 25 parts

二色性色素(DP1):2.5份 Dichroic pigment (DP1): 2.5 parts

二色性色素(DP2):2.5份 Dichroic pigment (DP2): 2.5 parts

二色性色素(DP3):2.5份 Dichroic pigment (DP3): 2.5 parts

聚合起始劑[2-二甲基胺基-2-苯甲基-1-(4-嗎福林基苯基)丁烷-1-酮(IRGACURE(註冊商標)369;BASF JAPAN公司製]:6份 Polymerization initiator [2-dimethylamino-2-phenylmethyl-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)butan-1-one (IRGACURE (registered trademark) 369; manufactured by BASF JAPAN] : 6 servings

調平劑[聚丙烯酸酯化合物(BYK-361N;BYK-Chemie公司製)]:1.2份 Leveling agent [polyacrylate compound (BYK-361N; BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.)]: 1.2 parts

溶劑[鄰-二甲苯]:250份 Solvent [o-xylene]: 250 parts

‧聚合性液晶化合物(X1): ‧Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0054-10
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0054-10

‧聚合性液晶化合物(X2): ‧Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X2):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0054-11
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0054-11

‧二色性色素(DP1): ‧Dichroic pigment (DP1):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0054-12
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0054-12

‧二色性色素(DP2): ‧Dichroic pigment (DP2):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0054-13
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0054-13

‧二色性色素(DP3): ‧Dichroic pigment (DP3):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0055-14
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0055-14

(光配向膜形成用組成物(1)之調製) (Preparation of composition (1) for forming photo-alignment film)

混合日本特開2013-033249號公報記載之下述成分,藉由在80℃下攪拌所得到的混合物1小時,以獲得光配向膜形成用組成物(1)。 The following components described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-033249 were mixed, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hour to obtain a photo alignment film forming composition (1).

‧下述所示的結構之光配向性聚合物:2份 ‧Photo-alignment polymer with the following structure: 2 parts

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0055-15
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0055-15

‧溶劑[鄰-二甲苯]:98份 ‧Solvent [o-xylene]: 98 parts

(水溶性聚合物水溶液之調製) (Preparation of water-soluble polymer aqueous solution)

依據以下之合成方案,獲得由下述結構單元所構成的水溶性聚合物。 According to the following synthesis scheme, a water-soluble polymer composed of the following structural units is obtained.

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0055-16
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0055-16

在二甲基亞碸400g中將分子量1000之聚乙烯醇(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製)20g、作為親核劑之N,N-二甲基-4-胺基吡啶0.55mg、三乙基胺4.6g溶解,一邊攪拌一邊升溫至溫度60℃。之後,在二甲基亞碸50g中將溶解有甲基丙烯酸酐10.5g溶解的溶液花費1小時滴加,藉由在 溫度60℃下加熱攪拌14小時使其反應。冷卻所得到的反應溶液至室溫後,在反應溶液中添加甲醇481g,以完全地混合之方式進行攪拌,藉此以反應溶液與甲醇之比率(質量)成為1:1之方式進行調整。藉由在該溶液中徐緩地添加1500mL之丙酮,藉由晶析法使水溶性聚合物結晶化。過濾包含所得到的白色結晶之溶液,以丙酮充分地洗淨後進行真空乾燥,藉此獲得水溶性聚合物20.2g。使所得到的水溶性聚合物溶解於水中,調製出3質量%之水溶性聚合物水溶液。 20 g of polyvinyl alcohol (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) with a molecular weight of 1,000, 0.55 mg of N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine as a nucleophile, and triethyl were added to 400 g of dimethylsulfoxide. 4.6 g of base amine was dissolved, and the temperature was raised to 60°C while stirring. Thereafter, a solution in which 10.5 g of methacrylic anhydride was dissolved in 50 g of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise over 1 hour. The mixture was heated and stirred at 60° C. for 14 hours to react. After cooling the obtained reaction solution to room temperature, 481 g of methanol was added to the reaction solution and stirred to mix completely, thereby adjusting so that the ratio (mass) of the reaction solution to methanol became 1:1. By slowly adding 1500 mL of acetone to this solution, the water-soluble polymer was crystallized by crystallization. The solution containing the obtained white crystals was filtered, washed thoroughly with acetone, and then vacuum-dried to obtain 20.2 g of a water-soluble polymer. The obtained water-soluble polymer was dissolved in water to prepare a 3 mass% water-soluble polymer aqueous solution.

(HC層形成用組成物之調製) (Preparation of composition for forming HC layer)

混合下述成分,在溫度50℃下攪拌4小時,而獲得硬塗(HC)層形成用組成物。 The following components were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 50° C. for 4 hours to obtain a composition for forming a hard coat (HC) layer.

‧下述所示之結構的丙烯酸酯單體:70份 ‧Acrylate monomer with the following structure: 70 parts

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0056-17
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0056-17

‧胺甲酸乙酯丙烯酸酯樹脂[EBECRYL4858(DAICEL-ALLNEX股份有限公司製)]:30份 ‧Urethane acrylate resin [EBECRYL4858 (manufactured by DAICEL-ALLNEX Co., Ltd.)]: 30 parts

‧聚合起始劑[Omnirad907(IGM Resins B.V公司製)]:3份 ‧Polymerization initiator [Omnirad907 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V)]: 3 parts

‧溶劑[甲基乙基酮]:10份 ‧Solvent [methyl ethyl ketone]: 10 parts

(附基材層的偏光板(1)之製作) (Production of polarizing plate (1) with base material layer)

在膜寬度800mm之捲狀離型聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜(UNITIKA股份有限公司製「FF-50」、單面離型處理PET膜(支撐基材之厚度:50μm))之離型處理面,以狹縫式模頭塗佈器將上述獲得的HC層形成用組成物連續地塗佈,在溫度100℃下乾燥2分鐘而形成厚度2.00μm之HC層(保護層)。藉此,可獲得在單面離型處理PET膜之離型處理面上積層有HC層之膜,以此作為第1基材層(1)。 Roll-shaped release polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a film width of 800 mm ("FF-50" manufactured by UNITIKA Co., Ltd., single-sided release-treated PET film (thickness of support substrate: 50 μm)) On the release treatment surface, the HC layer-forming composition obtained above was continuously coated with a slit die coater, and dried at a temperature of 100°C for 2 minutes to form an HC layer (protective layer) with a thickness of 2.00 μm. . Thereby, a film in which an HC layer is laminated on the release-treated surface of a single-sided release-treated PET film can be obtained as the first base material layer (1).

對第1基材層(1)之HC層施予電漿處理後,使用狹縫式模頭塗佈器將上述所調製的光配向膜形成用組成物(1)塗佈,在單面離型處理PET膜之中央部分的寬度600mm範圍形成塗佈層。接著,在設定為溫度100℃之通風乾燥爐中以2分鐘進行輸送,藉此去除溶劑,使HC層上之塗佈層乾燥。之後,對於乾燥後之上述塗佈層,將相對於單面離型處理PET膜之長度方向為90°方向之偏光UV光以成為20mJ/cm2(313nm基準)之強度的方式進行照射,藉此賦予配向規制力,在HC層上形成光配向膜(1)。光配向膜(1)之厚度約為50nm。 After plasma treatment is applied to the HC layer of the first base material layer (1), the above-prepared photo alignment film forming composition (1) is coated using a slit die coater, and is separated on one side. The coating layer is formed in the 600mm width range of the central part of the mold-processed PET film. Next, the solvent was removed by conveying in a ventilated drying oven set at a temperature of 100° C. for 2 minutes, and the coating layer on the HC layer was dried. Thereafter, the dried coating layer was irradiated with polarized UV light in a direction 90° relative to the length direction of the single-sided release-treated PET film at an intensity of 20 mJ/cm 2 (based on 313 nm). This imparts alignment regulation force, and a photo-alignment film (1) is formed on the HC layer. The thickness of the photo-alignment film (1) is about 50nm.

在形成於第1基材層(1)上的光配向膜(1)上,使用狹縫式模頭塗佈器將上述調製成之第1液晶組成物塗佈,在第1基材層(1)之中央部分的寬度600mm範圍形成塗佈層。接著,在設定為溫度110℃之通風乾燥爐中以2分鐘進行輸送,藉此去除溶劑,使第1基材層(1)上之塗佈層乾燥。之後,使用高壓水銀燈將紫外光以1000mJ/cm2(365nm基準)進行照射,使乾燥後之上述塗佈層所含有的聚合性液晶化合物硬化,藉此形成第1液晶組成物之硬化物層,獲得在第1基材層(1)上依序形成有光配向膜(1)及硬化物層(合併為液晶偏光件)之附基材層的液晶偏光件(1)。附基材層的液晶偏 光件(1)係在相對於長度方向為90°方向具有吸收軸。硬化物層之厚度為3μm。 On the photo alignment film (1) formed on the first base material layer (1), the first liquid crystal composition prepared above is coated using a slit die coater, and on the first base material layer (1) 1) The coating layer is formed within the width of 600mm in the central part. Next, the solvent was removed by conveying in a ventilated drying oven set at a temperature of 110° C. for 2 minutes, and the coating layer on the first base material layer (1) was dried. Thereafter, a high-pressure mercury lamp is used to irradiate ultraviolet light at 1000 mJ/cm 2 (based on 365 nm) to harden the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the dried coating layer, thereby forming a hardened material layer of the first liquid crystal composition. A liquid crystal polarizing element (1) with a base material layer in which a photo alignment film (1) and a hardened material layer (combined into a liquid crystal polarizing element) are sequentially formed on the first base material layer (1) is obtained. The liquid crystal polarizer (1) with a base material layer has an absorption axis in a direction of 90° with respect to the longitudinal direction. The thickness of the hardened material layer is 3 μm.

然後,對附基材層的液晶偏光件(1)之液晶偏光件側施予電漿處理後,使用狹縫式模頭塗佈器將上述所調製的水溶性聚合物水溶液而連續地塗佈,在溫度100℃下乾燥2分鐘而形成厚度2μm之被覆層(第2保護層)。藉此,獲得依序具備第1基材層(1)(單面離型處理PET膜/HC層)/液晶偏光件(光配向膜(1)/硬化物層)/被覆層之長條狀附基材層的偏光板(1)。 Then, after plasma treatment is applied to the liquid crystal polarizer side of the liquid crystal polarizer (1) with the base material layer, the water-soluble polymer aqueous solution prepared above is continuously coated using a slit die coater. , and dried at a temperature of 100° C. for 2 minutes to form a coating layer (second protective layer) with a thickness of 2 μm. In this way, a strip-shaped strip including the first base material layer (1) (single-sided release-treated PET film/HC layer)/liquid crystal polarizer (photo alignment film (1)/hardened material layer)/coating layer is obtained in this order. Polarizing plate with base material layer (1).

將所得到的附基材層的偏光板(1)裁切成40mm×40mm之大小的正方形。在無鹼玻璃板(CORNING公司製、商品名「Eagle-XG」)使用厚度為25μm之丙烯酸系黏著劑(Lintec股份有限公司製、商品名「P-3132」)將被覆層側貼合之後,剝離單面離型處理PET膜而獲得試驗體。 The obtained polarizing plate (1) with a base material layer was cut into a square of 40 mm×40 mm. After bonding the coating layer side to an alkali-free glass plate (manufactured by CORNING Co., Ltd., trade name "Eagle-XG") using an acrylic adhesive (manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., trade name "P-3132") with a thickness of 25 μm, The single-sided release-treated PET film was peeled off to obtain a test body.

使用在分光光度計(島津製作股份有限公司製UV-3150)安裝有附偏光件的折疊夾之裝置,藉由雙束法以2nm步階在380至680nm之波長範圍測定所得到的試驗體之穿透軸方向之單體穿透率(T1)及吸收軸方向之單體穿透率(T2)。使用下述式(式1)以及(式2),算出在各波長之單體穿透率、偏光度,再藉由JIS Z 8701之2度視野(C光源)進行視感度修正,算出視感度修正單體穿透率(Ty)及視感度修正偏光度(Py)。 Using a spectrophotometer (UV-3150 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) equipped with a folding clip with a polarizing element, the obtained test specimen was measured in the wavelength range of 380 to 680 nm in 2 nm steps by the double-beam method. The monomer penetration rate in the penetration axis direction (T1) and the monomer penetration rate in the absorption axis direction (T2). Using the following formulas (Formula 1) and (Formula 2), calculate the single transmittance and polarization degree at each wavelength, and then correct the visual sensitivity by using the 2-degree field of view (C light source) of JIS Z 8701 to calculate the visual sensitivity. Corrected monomer transmittance (Ty) and visual sensitivity corrected polarization (Py).

單體穿透率[%]=(T1+T2)/2 (式1) Monomer penetration rate [%]=(T1+T2)/2 (Formula 1)

偏光度[%]=〔(T1-T2)/(T1+T2)〕×100 (式2) Polarization degree [%]=〔(T1-T2)/(T1+T2)〕×100 (Formula 2)

其結果,試驗體之視感度修正單體穿透率(Ty)為42%,視感度修正偏光度(Py)為97%,確認是作為偏光板有用之值。再者,在溫度100 ℃下以120小時加熱試驗體之後,依上述程序算出視感度修正單體穿透率(Ty)及視感度修正偏光度(Py)時,加熱後之試驗體係視感度修正單體穿透率(Ty)亦為42%,視感度修正偏光度(Py)亦為97%,且未觀察到光學性能之降低。 As a result, the visual sensitivity-corrected single-unit transmittance (Ty) of the test object was 42%, and the visual sensitivity-corrected polarization degree (Py) was 97%, confirming that these values are useful as a polarizing plate. Furthermore, at a temperature of 100 After heating the test body for 120 hours at ℃, when calculating the visual sensitivity corrected monomer transmittance (Ty) and visual sensitivity corrected polarization (Py) according to the above procedure, the visual sensitivity corrected monomer transmittance of the test system after heating ( Ty) is also 42%, the visual sensitivity corrected polarization (Py) is also 97%, and no reduction in optical performance is observed.

[附基材層的偏光板(2)之製作] [Production of polarizing plate (2) with base material layer]

除了使形成於單面離型處理PET膜之HC層(保護層)的厚度變更為3.95μm以外,其餘係以附基材層的偏光板(1)之製作程序製作附基材層的偏光板(2)。 The polarizing plate with base material layer was produced by following the production procedure of polarizing plate with base material layer (1) except that the thickness of the HC layer (protective layer) formed on the single-sided release-treated PET film was changed to 3.95 μm. (2).

[附基材層的偏光板(3)之製作] [Production of polarizing plate (3) with base material layer]

除了形成於單面離型處理PET膜之HC層(保護層)的厚度變更為4.95μm以外,其餘係以附基材層的偏光板(1)之製作程序製作附基材層的偏光板(3)。 Except that the thickness of the HC layer (protective layer) formed on the single-sided release-treated PET film was changed to 4.95 μm, the polarizing plate with base material layer (1) was produced using the same production process as the polarizing plate with base material layer (1). 3).

[第1液晶相位差層(1)之製作] [Preparation of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (1)]

(配向膜形成用組成物(1)之調製) (Preparation of alignment film forming composition (1))

在市售之聚乙烯醇(聚乙烯醇1000完全皂化型、和光純藥工業股份有限公司製)中添加水並以溫度100℃加熱1小時,獲得配向膜形成用組成物(1)。 Water was added to commercially available polyvinyl alcohol (polyvinyl alcohol 1000 fully saponified type, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and heated at a temperature of 100° C. for 1 hour to obtain an alignment film forming composition (1).

(第2液晶組成物(1)之調製) (Preparation of the second liquid crystal composition (1))

混合下述所示的聚合性液晶化合物(X3)及聚合性液晶化合物(X4),在其中添加下述所示的調平劑、光聚合起始劑、及離子性化合物,再添加下述所示的溶劑而獲得混合物。藉由使該混合物在溫度80℃下攪拌1小時,調製出第2液晶組成物(1)。聚合性液晶化合物(X3)及(X4)係依據日本特開 2010-244038號公報記載之方法而調製,具有下述所示的結構。離子性化合物係具有下述所示的結構。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X3) and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X4) shown below are mixed, and the leveling agent, photopolymerization initiator, and ionic compound shown below are added thereto, and then the following are added The mixture was obtained with the solvent shown. The mixture was stirred at a temperature of 80° C. for 1 hour, thereby preparing a second liquid crystal composition (1). The polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (X3) and (X4) are based on Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open It was prepared according to the method described in the Publication No. 2010-244038 and has the structure shown below. The ionic compound has the structure shown below.

聚合性液晶化合物(X3):80份 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X3): 80 parts

聚合性液晶化合物(X4):20份 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X4): 20 parts

調平劑[MEGAFACE F-556(DIC公司製)]:0.1份 Leveling agent [MEGAFACE F-556 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)]: 0.1 part

光聚合起始劑[Omnirad907(IGM Resin B.V.公司製)]:2.5份 Photopolymerization initiator [Omnirad907 (manufactured by IGM Resin B.V.)]: 2.5 parts

離子性化合物:0.1份 Ionic compounds: 0.1 parts

溶劑[環戊酮]:650份 Solvent [cyclopentanone]: 650 parts

‧聚合性液晶化合物(X3): ‧Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X3):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0060-18
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0060-18

‧聚合性液晶化合物(X4): ‧Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X4):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0061-19
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0061-19

‧離子性化合物: ‧Ionic compounds:

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0061-20
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0061-20

(附基材層的第1液晶相位差層(1)之製作) (Preparation of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (1) with base material layer)

對切出成長方形之環烯烴聚合物(COP)膜(日本ZEON股份有限公司製、ZF14)使用電暈處理裝置(AGF-B10;春日電機股份有限公司製)施予電暈處理之後,塗佈配向膜形成用組成物(1),加熱乾燥後形成厚度100nm之配向膜。在所得到的配向膜之表面從COP膜之長度方向成為75°之角度施予摩擦處理,在其上,藉由桿塗佈器塗佈第2液晶組成物(1)。使所得到的塗佈膜在溫度120℃下乾燥2分鐘之後,使用高壓水銀燈(USHIO電機股份有限公司製「UNICURE VB-15201BY-A」),在氮環境下以溫度80℃使曝光量1000mJ/cm2(365nm基準)之紫外光對乾燥被膜進行照射,藉此形成以聚合性液晶化合物之光軸相對於COP膜面朝水平方向配向之狀態硬化 而成的聚合性液晶化合物之硬化物層(1-1)。藉此,獲得由第2基材層(COP膜)/第1液晶相位差層(1)(配向膜/硬化物層(1-1))所構成的附基材層的第1液晶相位差層(1)。 A cycloolefin polymer (COP) film (ZF14, manufactured by Japan ZEON Co., Ltd.) cut into a rectangular shape was subjected to corona treatment using a corona treatment device (AGF-B10; manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd.), and then coated The alignment film forming composition (1) is heated and dried to form an alignment film with a thickness of 100 nm. The surface of the obtained alignment film was rubbed at an angle of 75° from the longitudinal direction of the COP film, and the second liquid crystal composition (1) was applied thereon with a rod coater. The obtained coating film was dried at a temperature of 120° C. for 2 minutes, and then the exposure amount was 1000 mJ/ under a nitrogen environment at a temperature of 80° C. using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("UNICURE VB-15201BY-A" manufactured by USHIO Electric Co., Ltd.). cm 2 (based on 365 nm) of ultraviolet light is irradiated to the dry film to form a hardened material layer of the polymeric liquid crystal compound ( 1-1). Thereby, the first liquid crystal retardation with the base material layer composed of the second base material layer (COP film)/first liquid crystal retardation layer (1) (alignment film/hardened material layer (1-1)) is obtained layer(1).

以雷射顯微鏡測定所得到的硬化物層(1-1)之厚度時,厚度為2μm。第1液晶相位差層(1)之面內相位差值係使用王子計測機器股份有限公司製之KOBRA-WR進行測定。其結果,在波長550nm之面內相位差值為Re(550)=270nm。此外,COP膜之在波長550nm的相位差值約略為0,故COP膜係不影響第1液晶相位差層(1)之光學特性。配向角係相對於COP膜之長度方向為-15°。 When the thickness of the obtained hardened material layer (1-1) was measured with a laser microscope, the thickness was 2 μm. The in-plane retardation value of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (1) was measured using KOBRA-WR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd. As a result, the in-plane phase difference value at a wavelength of 550 nm is Re (550) = 270 nm. In addition, the retardation value of the COP film at a wavelength of 550 nm is approximately 0, so the COP film does not affect the optical properties of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (1). The alignment angle is -15° relative to the length direction of the COP film.

[第2液晶相位差層(1)之製作] [Preparation of the second liquid crystal phase difference layer (1)]

(第2液晶組成物(2)之調製) (Preparation of the second liquid crystal composition (2))

混合下述所示的聚合性液晶化合物(X5)、調平劑、光聚合起始劑,再混合下述所示的溶劑,藉由在溫度80℃下攪拌1小時,調製出第2液晶組成物(2)。聚合性液晶化合物(X5)係具有下述所示的結構。 The second liquid crystal composition was prepared by mixing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X5) shown below, a leveling agent, and a photopolymerization initiator, and then mixing the solvent shown below, and stirring at a temperature of 80° C. for 1 hour. Object(2). The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X5) has a structure shown below.

聚合性液晶化合物(X5)[Paliocolor LC242(BASF JAPAN公司製)]:100份 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X5) [Paliocolor LC242 (manufactured by BASF JAPAN Co., Ltd.)]: 100 parts

調平劑[BYK-361N(BYK-Chemie公司製)]:0.1份 Leveling agent [BYK-361N (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.)]: 0.1 part

光聚合起始劑[Omnirad907(IGM Resin B.V.公司製)]:2.5份 Photopolymerization initiator [Omnirad907 (manufactured by IGM Resin B.V.)]: 2.5 parts

溶劑[丙二醇1-單甲基醚2-乙酸酯(PGME)]:400份 Solvent [propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate (PGME)]: 400 parts

‧聚合性液晶化合物(X5): ‧Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X5):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0063-21
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0063-21

(附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(1)之製作) (Preparation of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (1) with base material layer)

在切出成長方形之三乙酸纖維素(TAC)膜(KONICA MINOLTA股份有限公司製、KC4UY),塗佈配向膜形成用組成物(1),加熱乾燥後形成厚度100nm之配向膜。在所得到的配向膜之表面以從TAC膜之長度方向成為15°之角度施予摩擦處理,在其上,藉由桿塗佈器塗佈第2液晶組成物(2)。使所得到的塗佈膜在溫度100℃下乾燥1分鐘之後,冷卻至室溫而獲得乾燥被膜。然後,使用高壓水銀燈(USHIO電機股份有限公司製「UNICURE VB-15201BY-A」),在氮環境下使曝光量1000mJ/cm2(365nm基準)之紫外光照射乾燥被膜,藉此形成以聚合性液晶化合物之光軸相對於TAC膜面朝水平方向配向之狀態硬化而成的聚合性液晶化合物之硬化物層(2-1)。藉此,獲得由第2基材層(TAC膜)/第2液晶相位差層(1)(配向膜/硬化物層(2-1))(水平配向液晶硬化膜))所構成的附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(1)。 A rectangular triacetate cellulose (TAC) film (KC4UY manufactured by KONICA MINOLTA Co., Ltd.) was cut out, the alignment film forming composition (1) was applied, and an alignment film with a thickness of 100 nm was formed after heating and drying. The surface of the obtained alignment film was rubbed at an angle of 15° from the longitudinal direction of the TAC film, and the second liquid crystal composition (2) was applied thereon with a rod coater. The obtained coating film was dried at a temperature of 100° C. for 1 minute, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a dry film. Then, using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("UNICURE VB-15201BY-A" manufactured by USHIO Electric Co., Ltd.), the dry film is irradiated with ultraviolet light with an exposure dose of 1000mJ/cm 2 (365nm standard) in a nitrogen environment, thereby forming a polymerizable film. A cured layer (2-1) of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in which the optical axis of the liquid crystal compound is aligned in a horizontal direction with respect to the TAC film surface. Thereby, a base composed of the second base material layer (TAC film)/second liquid crystal retardation layer (1) (alignment film/cured material layer (2-1)) (horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film)) is obtained. The second liquid crystal retardation layer (1) of the material layer.

以雷射顯微鏡測定所得到的硬化物層(2-1)之厚度時,厚度為1μm。第2液晶相位差層(1)之面內相位差值係使用王子計測機器股份有限公司製之KOBRA-WR進行測定。其結果,在波長550nm之面內相位差值為Re(550)=140nm。此外,TAC膜之在波長550nm的相位差值約略為0,故TAC膜係不影響第2液晶相位差層(1)之光學特性。配向角係相對於TAC膜之長度方向為75°。 When the thickness of the obtained hardened material layer (2-1) was measured with a laser microscope, the thickness was 1 μm. The in-plane retardation value of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (1) was measured using KOBRA-WR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd. As a result, the in-plane phase difference value at a wavelength of 550 nm is Re (550) = 140 nm. In addition, the retardation value of the TAC film at a wavelength of 550 nm is approximately 0, so the TAC film does not affect the optical properties of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (1). The alignment angle is 75° relative to the length direction of the TAC film.

[第1液晶相位差層(2)之製作] [Preparation of the first liquid crystal phase difference layer (2)]

(光配向膜形成用組成物(2)之調製) (Preparation of composition (2) for forming photo-alignment film)

混合具有下述所示的結構之光配向性材料2份與環戊酮(溶劑)98份,在溫度80℃下攪拌1小時,藉此獲得光配向膜形成用組成物(2)。具有下述結構之光配向性材料(重量平均分子量:50000,m:n=50:50)係依據日本特開2021-196514號公報記載之方法而合成。 2 parts of a photo-alignment material having the structure shown below and 98 parts of cyclopentanone (solvent) were mixed and stirred at a temperature of 80° C. for 1 hour to obtain a photo-alignment film forming composition (2). The photo-alignment material having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 50,000, m:n=50:50) was synthesized according to the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2021-196514.

光配向性材料: Photoalignment materials:

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0064-22
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0064-22

(第2液晶組成物(3)之調製) (Preparation of the second liquid crystal composition (3))

混合下述所示的聚合性液晶化合物(X6)、聚合性液晶化合物(X7)、調平劑及光聚合起始劑,再者,以固形份濃度成為13%之方式混合N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP),並在溫度80℃下攪拌1小時,藉此調製出第2液晶組成物(3)。聚合性液晶化合物(X6)及聚合性液晶化合物(X7)係具有下述所示的結構。聚合性液晶化合物(X6)係與日本特開2019-003177記載之方法同樣地準備。聚合性液晶化合物(X7)係與日本特開2009-173893號公報記載之方法同樣地準備。 The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X6), polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X7), leveling agent and photopolymerization initiator were mixed, and N-methyl- was mixed so that the solid content concentration became 13%. 2-pyrrolidinone (NMP), and stirred at a temperature of 80° C. for 1 hour, thereby preparing a second liquid crystal composition (3). The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X6) and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X7) have structures shown below. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X6) is prepared in the same manner as the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-003177. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X7) is prepared in the same manner as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-173893.

聚合性液晶化合物(X6):90份 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X6): 90 parts

聚合性液晶化合物(X7):10份 Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X7): 10 parts

調平劑[BYK-361N(BM Chemie公司製)]:0.1份 Leveling agent [BYK-361N (manufactured by BM Chemie Co., Ltd.)]: 0.1 part

光聚合起始劑[IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF JAPAN股份有限公司製)]:3份 Photopolymerization initiator [IRGACURE OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF JAPAN Co., Ltd.)]: 3 parts

‧聚合性液晶化合物(X6): ‧Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X6):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0065-23
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0065-23

‧聚合性液晶化合物(X7): ‧Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X7):

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0065-24
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0065-24

在氯仿10Ml中使聚合性液晶化合物(X6)1mg溶解而獲得溶液。將所得到的溶液置入於光程長1cm之測定用格室中作為測定用試料,使測定用試料安裝於紫外可見分光光度計(島津製作所股份有限公司製「UV-2450」)而測定吸收光譜。從所得到的吸收光譜讀取成為極大吸收度之波長時,在波長300至400nm之範圍的極大吸收波長λmax為356nm。 1 mg of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X6) was dissolved in 10 Ml of chloroform to obtain a solution. The obtained solution was placed in a measurement cell with an optical path length of 1 cm as a measurement sample, and the measurement sample was mounted on a UV-visible spectrophotometer ("UV-2450" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) to measure the absorption. spectrum. When the wavelength at which the maximum absorption is obtained is read from the obtained absorption spectrum, the maximum absorption wavelength λmax in the wavelength range of 300 to 400 nm is 356 nm.

(附基材層的第1液晶相位差層(2)之製作) (Preparation of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with base material layer)

在二軸延伸聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜(DIAFOIL、三菱樹脂股份有限公司製)藉由桿塗佈器塗佈光配向膜形成用組成物(2)。使所得到的塗佈層在溫度120℃下乾燥2分鐘後,冷卻至室溫並使塗佈層乾燥。之後,對於乾燥後之上述塗佈層,使用UV照射裝置(SPOT CURE SP-9;USHIO電機股份有限公司製),照射偏光紫外光100mJ(313nm基準),獲得光配向膜 (2)。使用日本分光股份有限公司製之橢圓偏振光測定器(ellipsometer)M-220而測定出的光配向膜(2)之厚度為100nm。 The photo alignment film forming composition (2) was applied to a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film (DIAFOIL, manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd.) using a rod coater. The obtained coating layer was dried at a temperature of 120° C. for 2 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature to dry the coating layer. Thereafter, the dried coating layer was irradiated with 100 mJ (313 nm reference) of polarized ultraviolet light using a UV irradiation device (SPOT CURE SP-9; manufactured by USHIO Electric Co., Ltd.) to obtain a photo-alignment film. (2). The thickness of the optical alignment film (2) measured using an ellipsometer M-220 manufactured by JASCO Corporation was 100 nm.

在PET膜上之光配向膜(2)上,使用桿塗佈器塗佈上述所調製的第2液晶組成物(3),形成塗佈層。將塗佈層以溫度120℃加熱乾燥2分鐘後,冷卻至室溫。對於乾燥後之上述塗佈層,使用高壓水銀燈(USHIO電機股份有限公司製「UNICURE VB-15201BY-A」),在氮環境下照射曝光量500mJ/cm2(365nm基準)之紫外光,藉此形成以聚合性液晶化合物相對於PET膜面內朝水平方向配向之狀態硬化而成的第2液晶組成物(3)之硬化物層(1-2)。使用奧林巴斯(OLYMPUS)股份有限公司製之雷射顯微鏡LEXT OLS4100測定出硬化物層(1-2)之厚度為2μm。藉此,獲得由第2基材層(PET膜)/第1液晶相位差層(2)(光配向膜(2)/硬化物層(1-2))所構成的附基材層的第1液晶相位差層(2)。 The second liquid crystal composition (3) prepared above is coated on the photo alignment film (2) on the PET film using a rod coater to form a coating layer. The coating layer was heated and dried at a temperature of 120° C. for 2 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature. The dried coating layer was irradiated with ultraviolet light with an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 (365 nm standard) using a high-pressure mercury lamp ("UNICURE VB-15201BY-A" manufactured by USHIO Electric Co., Ltd.) in a nitrogen environment. A cured material layer (1-2) of the second liquid crystal composition (3) is formed in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cured in a state in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is aligned in the horizontal direction with respect to the plane of the PET film. The thickness of the hardened material layer (1-2) was measured to be 2 μm using a laser microscope LEXT OLS4100 manufactured by OLYMPUS Co., Ltd. Thereby, the first base material layer-attached layer composed of the second base material layer (PET film)/first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (photo alignment film (2)/cured material layer (1-2)) is obtained. 1. Liquid crystal retardation layer (2).

對附基材層的第1液晶相位差層(2)之第1液晶相位差層(2)側施予電暈處理,隔著LINTEC公司製25μm感壓式黏著劑而將附基材層的第1液晶相位差層(2)貼合於玻璃,剝離並去除PET膜而獲得試驗體。使用王子計測機器股份有限公司製之KOBRA-WR測定該試驗體之面內相位差值。對於波長450nm、550nm、及650nm之光的面內相位差值係從對於波長448.2nm、498.6nm、548.4nm、587.3nm、628.7nm、及748.6nm之光的面內相位差值之測定結果所得到的科西(Cauchy)之分散公式求出。其結果,面內相位差值係Re(450)=122nm、Re(550)=140nm、Re(650)=144nm,在各波長之面內相位差值的關係如下述。 Corona treatment was applied to the side of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with the base material layer, and the side with the base material layer was attached through a 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive made by LINTEC Corporation. The first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) was bonded to glass, and the PET film was peeled and removed to obtain a test body. The in-plane phase difference value of this test object was measured using KOBRA-WR manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd. The in-plane phase difference values for light with wavelengths of 450nm, 550nm, and 650nm are determined from the measurement results of the in-plane phase difference values for light with wavelengths of 448.2nm, 498.6nm, 548.4nm, 587.3nm, 628.7nm, and 748.6nm. The obtained Cauchy dispersion formula is calculated. As a result, the in-plane phase difference values are Re (450) = 122 nm, Re (550) = 140 nm, and Re (650) = 144 nm. The relationship between the in-plane phase difference values at each wavelength is as follows.

Re(450)/Re(550)=0.87 Re(450)/Re(550)=0.87

Re(650)/Re(550)=1.03 Re(650)/Re(550)=1.03

[式中,Re(450)係表示對於波長450nm之光的面內相位差值,Re(550)係表示對於波長550nm之光的面內相位差值,Re(650)係表示對於波長650nm之光的面內相位差值] [In the formula, Re(450) represents the in-plane phase difference value for light with a wavelength of 450 nm, Re(550) represents the in-plane phase difference value for the light with a wavelength of 550 nm, and Re(650) represents the in-plane phase difference value for the light with a wavelength of 650 nm. In-plane phase difference value of light]

[第2液晶相位差層(2)之製作] [Preparation of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2)]

(垂直配向膜形成用組成物之調製) (Preparation of composition for vertical alignment film formation)

以1:1:4:5之比例混合丙烯酸2-苯氧基乙基酯、丙烯酸四氫呋喃甲基酯、二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯及雙(2-乙烯氧基乙基)醚,進一步以4%之比例添加作為聚合起始劑之LUCIRIN TPO,調製出垂直配向膜形成用組成物。 Mix 2-phenoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofuranmethyl acrylate, dipenterythritol triacrylate and bis(2-vinyloxyethyl) ether in a ratio of 1:1:4:5, and further LUCIRIN TPO as a polymerization initiator was added at a proportion of 4% to prepare a composition for forming a vertical alignment film.

(第2液晶組成物(4)之調製) (Preparation of the second liquid crystal composition (4))

第2液晶組成物(4)係以固形份成為1至1.5g之方式,將光聚合性向列型液晶化合物(MERCK公司製、RMM28B)與溶劑進行調製。溶劑係使用將甲基乙基酮(MEK)、甲基異丁基酮(MIBK)、環己酮(CHN)以質量比(MEK:MIBK:CHN)為35:30:35之比例混合而成的混合溶劑。 The second liquid crystal composition (4) is prepared by preparing a photopolymerizable nematic liquid crystal compound (RMM28B manufactured by MERCK Corporation) and a solvent so that the solid content becomes 1 to 1.5 g. The solvent is made by mixing methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK), and cyclohexanone (CHN) in a mass ratio (MEK: MIBK: CHN) of 35:30:35. of mixed solvents.

(附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2)之製作) (Preparation of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with base material layer)

在膜寬度800mm之捲狀離型聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜(UNITIKA股份有限公司製「FF-50」、單面離型處理PET膜(支撐基材之厚度:50μm))之與離型處理面為相反之表面施予電暈處理之後,使用狹縫式模頭塗佈器,以使硬化後之厚度成為3μm之方式,塗佈在上述獲得的垂直配向膜形成用組成物。對塗佈膜照射200mJ/cm2之紫外線,在單面離型處理PET膜上形成垂直配向膜。 Roll-shaped release polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a film width of 800 mm ("FF-50" manufactured by UNITIKA Co., Ltd., single-sided release-treated PET film (thickness of support substrate: 50 μm)) After subjecting the surface opposite to the release-treated surface to corona treatment, use a slit die coater to apply the composition for forming the vertical alignment film obtained above so that the thickness after hardening becomes 3 μm. things. The coating film is irradiated with ultraviolet light of 200mJ/ cm2 to form a vertical alignment film on the single-sided release-treated PET film.

在單面離型處理PET膜上之垂直配向膜上,使用狹縫式模頭塗佈器,以使硬化後之厚度成為1μm之方式,塗佈上述所調製的第2液晶組成物(4)。將乾燥溫度設為75℃,乾燥時間設為120秒鐘,乾燥塗佈層之後,照射紫外線(UV),使聚合性液晶化合物聚合而形成硬化物層(2-2)。藉此,獲得第2基材層(單面離型處理PET膜)/第2液晶相位差層(2)(垂直配向膜/硬化物層(2-2))所構成的附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2)。第2液晶相位差層(2)為正C板。 On the vertical alignment film on the single-sided release-treated PET film, use a slit die coater to apply the second liquid crystal composition (4) prepared above so that the thickness after hardening becomes 1 μm. . The drying temperature was set to 75° C. and the drying time was set to 120 seconds. After drying the coating layer, ultraviolet (UV) was irradiated to polymerize the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to form a cured material layer (2-2). Thereby, a base material layer-attached film composed of the second base material layer (single-sided release-treated PET film)/the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (vertical alignment film/cured material layer (2-2)) is obtained. The second liquid crystal retardation layer (2). The second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) is a positive C plate.

[活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)(陽離子聚合性接著劑組成物)之調製] [Preparation of active energy ray curable composition (1) (cationically polymerizable adhesive composition)]

混合下述所示的成分後,進行脫泡,調製出活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)。此外,光陽離子聚合起始劑係調配為50%碳酸伸丙酯溶液,其份數係以固形份量表示。 The components shown below are mixed and then defoamed to prepare an active energy ray curable composition (1). In addition, the photocationic polymerization initiator is prepared as a 50% propylene carbonate solution, and its parts are expressed in solid parts.

‧陽離子聚合性化合物(1)[3-乙基-3{[(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲氧基]甲基}氧雜環丁烷(商品名:OXT-221、東亞合成股份有限公司製)]:60.0份 ‧Cationic polymerizable compound (1) [3-ethyl-3{[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy]methyl}oxetane (trade name: OXT- 221. East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd.)]: 60.0 shares

‧陽離子聚合性化合物(2)[3,4-環氧基環己烷羧酸3’,4’-環氧基環己基甲基酯(商品名:CEL2021P、DAICEL股份有限公司製)]:32.5份 ‧Cationic polymerizable compound (2) [3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid 3',4'-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ester (trade name: CEL2021P, manufactured by DAICEL Co., Ltd.)]: 32.5 share

‧陽離子聚合性化合物(3)[2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇之1,2-環氧基-4-(2-環氧乙烷基)環己烷加成物(商品名:EHPE3150、DAICEL股份有限公司製)]:7.5份 ‧Cationically polymerizable compound (3) [1,2-epoxy-4-(2-oxiranyl)cyclohexane adduct of 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol (Trade name: EHPE3150, manufactured by DAICEL Co., Ltd.)]: 7.5 servings

‧光陽離子聚合起始劑[CPI-100P(SUNAPRO股份有限公司製、50質量%溶液)]:2.3份 ‧Photocationic polymerization initiator [CPI-100P (manufactured by SUNAPRO Co., Ltd., 50% by mass solution)]: 2.3 parts

‧光敏化劑[9,10-二丁氧基蒽]:1.0份 ‧Photosensitizer [9,10-dibutoxyanthracene]: 1.0 parts

‧光增感助劑[1,4-二乙氧基萘]:1.0份 ‧Photosensitizing additive [1,4-diethoxynaphthalene]: 1.0 parts

[活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)(自由基聚合性接著劑組成物)之調製] [Preparation of active energy ray curable composition (2) (radically polymerizable adhesive composition)]

混合下述所示的成分,調製出活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)。 The components shown below were mixed to prepare an active energy ray curable composition (2).

‧N,N-二甲基丙烯醯胺[KJ CHEMICALS股份有限公司製]:65份 ‧N,N-dimethylacrylamide [manufactured by KJ CHEMICALS Co., Ltd.]: 65 parts

‧二環戊烯基丙烯酸酯[日立化成工業股份有限公司]:15份 ‧Dicyclopentenyl acrylate [Hitachi Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.]: 15 parts

‧紫外線硬化型胺甲酸乙酯丙烯酸酯樹脂[商品名:UV-3700B、日本合成化學工業股份有限公司製、黏度:30,000至60,000mPa‧s/60℃、分子量(Mw):38,000、寡聚物官能基數:2、玻璃轉移溫度Tg:-6℃]:20份 ‧Ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin [trade name: UV-3700B, manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., viscosity: 30,000 to 60,000mPa‧s/60℃, molecular weight (Mw): 38,000, oligomer Number of functional groups: 2, glass transition temperature Tg: -6℃]: 20 parts

‧光自由基聚合起始劑[Omnirad 819(2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫)苯基]-2-嗎福林基丙烷-1-酮)、BASF JAPAN股份有限公司]:3份 ‧Photoradical polymerization initiator [Omnirad 819 (2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinylpropan-1-one), BASF JAPAN Co., Ltd.] :3 copies

[黏著劑層(1)之製作] [Preparation of adhesive layer (1)]

在具備有攪拌機、溫度計、迴流冷卻器、滴下裝置及氮導入管之反應容器中,裝填丙烯酸正丁酯95.0份、丙烯酸4.0份、丙烯酸2-羥基乙基酯1.0份、乙酸乙酯200份、及2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.08份,以氮氣置換上述反應容器內之空氣。在氮環境下一邊攪拌,一邊使反應溶液升溫至60℃,反應6小時後,冷卻至室溫。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a mixer, a thermometer, a reflux cooler, a dropping device and a nitrogen introduction pipe, fill 95.0 parts of n-butyl acrylate, 4.0 parts of acrylic acid, 1.0 part of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 200 parts of ethyl acetate. and 0.08 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, and replace the air in the above reaction vessel with nitrogen. The reaction solution was heated to 60° C. while stirring in a nitrogen environment. After reacting for 6 hours, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature.

測定所得到的溶液之一部份的重量平均分子量時,確認生成180萬之(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物。(甲基)丙烯酸基樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)係使用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)並依據下列條件測定出的聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量。 When the weight average molecular weight of a part of the obtained solution was measured, it was confirmed that 1.8 million (meth)acrylate polymers were produced. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (meth)acrylic resin is a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured using gel permeation chromatography (GPC) under the following conditions.

〔測定條件〕 [Measurement conditions]

‧GPC測定裝置:TOSOH股份有限公司製,HLC-8020 ‧GPC measuring device: Made by TOSOH Co., Ltd., HLC-8020

‧GPC管柱(依以下之順序通過):TOSOH股份有限公司製 ‧GPC column (passed in the following order): Made by TOSOH Co., Ltd.

TSK guard column HXL-H TSK guard column HXL-H

TSK gel GMHXL(×2) TSK gel GMHXL(×2)

TSK gel G2000HXL TSK gel G2000HXL

‧測定溶劑:四氫呋喃 ‧Measurement solvent: tetrahydrofuran

‧測定溫度:40℃ ‧Measurement temperature: 40℃

混合在上述步驟所得到的(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物100份(固形份換算值;以下相同)、作為異氰酸酯系交聯劑之三羥甲基丙烷改性甲苯二異氰酸酯(TOSOH股份有限公司製、商品名「CORONATE(註冊商標)L」)1.5份、作為矽烷偶合劑之3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業股份有限公司製、商品名「KBM403」)0.30份、作為紫外線硬化性化合物之乙氧基化三聚異氰酸三丙烯酸酯(新中村化學工業股份有限公司製:品名「A-9300」)7.5份、及作為光聚合起始劑之2-甲基-1-(4-甲基硫苯基)-2-嗎福林基丙烷-1-酮(BASF公司製:IRGACURE(註冊商標)907)0.5份,充分地攪拌並以乙酸乙酯稀釋,藉此獲得黏著劑組成物(1)之塗佈溶液。 100 parts of the (meth)acrylate polymer obtained in the above step (solid content conversion value; the same below) and trimethylolpropane-modified toluene diisocyanate (manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd.) as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent were mixed. , trade name "CORONATE (registered trademark) L") 1.5 parts, 0.30 parts of 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "KBM403") as a silane coupling agent , 7.5 parts of ethoxylated isocyanate triacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.: product name "A-9300") as an ultraviolet curable compound, and 2-methyl as a photopolymerization initiator 0.5 part of methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinylpropan-1-one (BASF: IRGACURE (registered trademark) 907), stir thoroughly and dilute with ethyl acetate, Thereby, a coating solution of the adhesive composition (1) is obtained.

在分離膜(LINTEC股份有限公司製:SP-PLR382190)之離型處理面(剝離層面),藉由薄塗器,以乾燥後之厚度成為5μm(以NIKON股份有限公司製之數位式測微機「MH-15M」測定)的方式,塗佈黏著劑組成物(1)之塗佈溶液後,在溫度100℃下乾燥1分鐘,在與貼合有乾燥後之塗佈層的分離膜之面為相反面,貼合另一片分離膜(LINTEC股份有限公司 製:SP-PLR381031)。對該塗佈層使用附有輸送帶的紫外線照射裝置(FUSION UV SYSTEMS公司製、燈係使用D BULB)通過剝離片照射紫外線(照射強度500mW/cm2、累積光量500mJ/cm2)而形成黏著劑層(1),獲得兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(1)。 On the release treatment surface (peel layer) of the separation membrane (LINTEC Co., Ltd.: SP-PLR382190), use a thin coater to achieve a thickness of 5 μm after drying (using a digital micrometer produced by NIKON Co., Ltd. "MH-15M" method), after applying the coating solution of the adhesive composition (1), drying it for 1 minute at a temperature of 100°C, the surface of the separation membrane with the dried coating layer is On the opposite side, another separation membrane (manufactured by LINTEC Co., Ltd.: SP-PLR381031) is attached. The coating layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays (irradiation intensity 500 mW/cm 2 , cumulative light amount 500 mJ/cm 2 ) through the release sheet using an ultraviolet irradiation device with a conveyor belt (manufactured by FUSION UV SYSTEMS, D BULB was used as the lamp system) to form adhesion. The adhesive layer (1) is obtained to obtain an adhesive layer (1) with separation membranes on both sides.

在溫度40℃、相對濕度90%之條件下,使用水蒸氣穿透度測定機(Lyssy公司製「Lyssy-L80-5000」),測定黏著劑層(1)之水蒸氣穿透度時,水蒸氣穿透度為7600g/(m2‧24h)。 When measuring the water vapor penetration of the adhesive layer (1) using a water vapor penetration measuring machine ("Lyssy-L80-5000" manufactured by Lyssy Corporation) at a temperature of 40°C and a relative humidity of 90%, the water vapor penetration Vapor penetration is 7600g/(m 2 ‧24h).

測定黏著劑層(1)之儲存彈性係數G’時,在溫度25℃下為125,000Pa。儲存彈性係數G’之測定係將黏著劑層(1)以厚度為0.2mm(以NIKON股份有限公司製之數位式測微機「MH-15M」測定)之方式積層複數片後,將直徑8mm之沖孔圓柱體者作為測定用試樣使用,對於該測定用試樣依據JIS K7244-6,使用黏彈性測定裝置(Physica公司製,MCR300)藉由扭轉剪切法,依據下列條件測定。 When the storage elastic coefficient G’ of the adhesive layer (1) was measured, it was 125,000 Pa at a temperature of 25°C. The storage elastic coefficient G' is measured by laminating a plurality of adhesive layers (1) with a thickness of 0.2 mm (measured with a digital micrometer "MH-15M" manufactured by NIKON Co., Ltd.), and then laminating a layer of 8 mm in diameter. The punched cylinder was used as a measurement sample, and the measurement sample was measured according to JIS K7244-6 using a viscoelasticity measuring device (MCR300 manufactured by Physica Corporation) by the torsional shear method under the following conditions.

〔測定條件〕 [Measurement conditions]

正常施力FN:1N Normal force FN: 1N

變形γ:1% Deformation γ: 1%

頻率:1Hz Frequency: 1Hz

溫度:25℃ Temperature: 25℃

依據下列程序測定黏著劑層(1)之玻璃轉移溫度時,玻璃轉移溫度為25℃以下。首先,採取黏著劑層(1)5mg,置入於鋁押蓋型容器,押住並密閉,製作出測定用試料。在示差掃描熱量計(DSC)〔由SII‧NANOTECHNOLOGY股份有限公司所販賣之「EXSTAR-6000 DSC6220」 安裝置入有上述測定用試料之容器,一邊排除氮氣,一邊從20℃降溫至-60℃,達到-60℃後保持1分鐘後,以10℃/分鐘之昇溫速度從-60℃升溫至150℃,達到150℃後立即降溫至20℃。接著,從-60℃升溫至150℃時之DSC曲線,求出在JIS K 7121-1987「塑膠之轉移溫度測定方法」所規定的中間點玻璃轉移溫度,以此作為測定對象之黏著劑層(1)的玻璃轉移溫度。 When measuring the glass transition temperature of the adhesive layer (1) according to the following procedure, the glass transition temperature is below 25°C. First, take 5 mg of the adhesive layer (1), place it in an aluminum squeeze lid type container, press it and seal it tightly, and prepare a sample for measurement. In the differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) ["EXSTAR-6000 DSC6220" sold by SII NANOTECHNOLOGY Co., Ltd. Install a container containing the above-mentioned measurement sample, and while expelling nitrogen, cool down from 20°C to -60°C. After reaching -60°C, keep it for 1 minute, then raise the temperature from -60°C to 150°C at a heating rate of 10°C/min. ℃, and immediately cool down to 20℃ after reaching 150℃. Next, the DSC curve when the temperature is raised from -60°C to 150°C is used to determine the intermediate point glass transition temperature specified in JIS K 7121-1987 "Measurement method of transition temperature of plastics", and use this as the adhesive layer to be measured ( 1) glass transition temperature.

[黏著劑層(2)至(4)之製作] [Preparation of adhesive layers (2) to (4)]

在具備有攪拌機、溫度計、迴流冷卻器、滴下裝置及氮導入管之反應容器中,裝填丙烯酸正丁酯97.0份、丙烯酸1.0份、丙烯酸2-羥基乙基酯0.5份、乙酸乙酯200份、及2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈0.08份,以氮氣置換上述反應容器內之空氣。在氮環境下一邊攪拌,一邊使反應溶液升溫至60℃,反應6小時之後冷卻至室溫。依據上述程序測定所得到的溶液之一部分的重量平均分子量之後,確認生成180萬之(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a mixer, a thermometer, a reflux cooler, a dropping device and a nitrogen introduction pipe, fill 97.0 parts of n-butyl acrylate, 1.0 part of acrylic acid, 0.5 part of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 200 parts of ethyl acetate. and 0.08 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, and replace the air in the above reaction vessel with nitrogen. The reaction solution was heated to 60° C. while stirring in a nitrogen atmosphere, and after reacting for 6 hours, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. After measuring the weight average molecular weight of a part of the obtained solution according to the above procedure, it was confirmed that 1.8 million (meth)acrylate polymers were produced.

混合在上述步驟所得到的(甲基)丙烯酸酯聚合物100份(固形份換算值;以下相同)、作為異氰酸酯系交聯劑之三羥甲基丙烷改性甲苯二異氰酸酯(TOSOH股份有限公司製、商品名「CORONATE(註冊商標)L」)0.30份、作為矽烷偶合劑之3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業股份有限公司製、商品名「KBM403」)0.30份,充分地攪拌並以乙酸乙酯進行稀釋,藉此獲得黏著劑組成物(2)之塗佈溶液。 100 parts of the (meth)acrylate polymer obtained in the above step (solid content conversion value; the same below) and trimethylolpropane-modified toluene diisocyanate (manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd.) as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent were mixed. , trade name "CORONATE (registered trademark) L") 0.30 parts, 0.30 parts of 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name "KBM403") as a silane coupling agent , stir thoroughly and dilute with ethyl acetate to obtain a coating solution of the adhesive composition (2).

在分離膜(LINTEC股份有限公司製:SP-PLR382190)之離型處理面(剝離層面),藉由薄塗器,以乾燥後之厚度分別成為15μm(黏著劑層(2))、25μm(黏著劑層(3))、及35μm(黏著劑層(4))的方式(厚度係以 NIKON股份有限公司製之數位式測微機「MH-15M」測定),塗佈黏著劑組成物(2)之塗佈溶液後,在溫度100℃下乾燥1分鐘,在與貼合有乾燥後之塗佈層的分離膜之面為相反面,貼合另一片分離膜(LINTEC股份有限公司製:SP-PLR381031),獲得兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(2)至(4)。 On the release surface (peeling layer) of the separation membrane (manufactured by LINTEC Co., Ltd.: SP-PLR382190), use a thin coater to apply a thin coater to the thickness after drying to 15 μm (adhesive layer (2)) and 25 μm (adhesive layer). agent layer (3)), and 35μm (adhesive layer (4)) (the thickness is based on (measured with a digital micrometer "MH-15M" manufactured by NIKON Co., Ltd.), after applying the coating solution of the adhesive composition (2), dry it at a temperature of 100°C for 1 minute, and then dry it after bonding. The surface of the separation membrane of the coating layer is the opposite side, and another separation membrane (manufactured by LINTEC Co., Ltd.: SP-PLR381031) is attached to obtain adhesive layers (2) to (4) with separation membranes on both sides.

依據上述程序測定黏著劑層(2)至(4)之儲存彈性係數G’時,在溫度25℃下皆為25500Pa。又,依據上述順序測定黏著劑層(2)至(4)之玻璃轉移溫度時,玻璃轉移溫度皆為25℃以下。 When the storage elastic coefficient G’ of the adhesive layers (2) to (4) was measured according to the above procedure, they were all 25500Pa at a temperature of 25°C. Moreover, when the glass transition temperatures of the adhesive layers (2) to (4) were measured according to the above procedure, the glass transition temperatures were all 25°C or less.

〔實施例1〕 [Example 1]

(附基材層的相位差積層體(1)之製作) (Preparation of retardation laminated body (1) with base material layer)

在上述得到的附基材層之第1液晶相位差層(1)的第1液晶相位差層側(1)、及附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(1)之第2液晶相位差層(1)側分別施予電暈處理。將兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(1)之分離膜剝離而得到的黏著劑層(1),通過該黏著劑層(1)貼合上述電暈處理面彼此,獲得附基材層的相位差積層體(1)(相位差體(1))。附基材層的相位差積層體(1)係具有第2基材層(COP膜)/第1液晶相位差層(1)(配向膜/硬化物層(1-1))/第2貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第2液晶相位差層(1)(硬化物層(2-1)/配向膜)/第2基材層(TAC膜)之層結構。 The first liquid crystal retardation layer side (1) of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (1) with a base material layer obtained above, and the second liquid crystal phase of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (1) with a base material layer Corona treatment is applied to the difference layer (1) side respectively. The adhesive layer (1) obtained by peeling off the separation film of the adhesive layer (1) with separation films attached to both sides is bonded to the corona-treated surfaces through the adhesive layer (1) to obtain the phase of the base material layer. Difference laminated body (1) (phase difference body (1)). The retardation laminated body with a base material layer (1) has a second base material layer (COP film)/first liquid crystal retardation layer (1) (alignment film/cured material layer (1-1))/second layer The layer structure of the combined layer (adhesive layer (1))/second liquid crystal retardation layer (1) (hardened material layer (2-1)/alignment film)/second base material layer (TAC film).

(附分離膜的光學積層體(1)之製作) (Preparation of optical laminate (1) with separation film)

從上述得到的長條狀附基材層的偏光板(1),以長條之長度方向成為長邊之方式,切出附基材層的偏光板(1),對該附基材層的偏光板(1)的被覆層側進行電暈處理。然後,剝離在上述得到的附基材層的相位差積層體(c1)之第1液晶相位差層(1)側的第2基材層(COP膜),對剝離面進行電暈處理。 配向膜亦與第2基材層之剝離一起剝離。上述電暈處理面彼此以長邊成為互相重疊的方式,隔著上述調製出的活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)貼合。然後,從附基材層的偏光板(1)側,以UVA之累積光量成為約350mJ/cm2(以測定器:FusionUV公司製UV Power PuckII所得到的測定值)之方式照射紫外線,使活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)硬化而形成屬於硬化物層之第1貼合層。第1貼合層之厚度為2μm。 From the long polarizing plate with a base material layer (1) obtained above, the polarizing plate with a base material layer (1) is cut out so that the length direction of the strip becomes the long side, and the polarizing plate with the base material layer (1) is cut out. The coating layer side of the polarizing plate (1) is corona treated. Then, the second base material layer (COP film) on the first liquid crystal retardation layer (1) side of the retardation laminate with base material layer (c1) obtained above is peeled off, and the peeled surface is subjected to corona treatment. The alignment film is also peeled off together with the peeling off of the second base material layer. The corona-treated surfaces are bonded together through the active energy ray curable composition (1) prepared above so that their long sides overlap each other. Then, ultraviolet rays are irradiated from the side of the polarizing plate (1) with the base material layer so that the accumulated light amount of UVA becomes about 350 mJ/cm 2 (measurement value obtained with a measuring device: UV Power PuckII manufactured by FusionUV Corporation) to activate the The energy ray curable composition (1) is hardened to form the first bonding layer which is a hardened material layer. The thickness of the first bonding layer is 2 μm.

之後,在將附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(1)之第2基材層(TAC膜)剝離而露出的面,貼合從兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(2)剝離其一之分離膜而露出的黏著劑層(2),將附基材層的偏光板(1)側之單面離型處理PET膜剝離,而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(1)。配向膜亦與第2基材層之剝離一起剝離。附分離膜的光學積層體(1)係具有保護層(HC層)/液晶偏光件(光配向膜(1)/硬化物層)/被覆層/第1貼合層(活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)之硬化物層)/第1液晶相位差層(1)(硬化物層(1-1))/第2貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第2液晶相位差層(1)(硬化物層(2-1))/第3貼合層(黏著劑層(2))/分離膜之層結構。 After that, the second base material layer (TAC film) of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (1) with the base material layer is peeled off and exposed, and the adhesive layer (2) with the release film attached on both sides is bonded and peeled off. The adhesive layer (2) exposed by the separation film is peeled off from the single-sided release-treated PET film on the side of the polarizing plate (1) with the base material layer, to obtain an optical laminate (1) with a separation film. The alignment film is also peeled off together with the peeling off of the second base material layer. The optical laminated body (1) with a release film has a protective layer (HC layer)/liquid crystal polarizer (photo alignment film (1)/cured material layer)/covering layer/first bonding layer (active energy ray curable composition) Hardened material layer of object (1))/1st liquid crystal retardation layer (1) (hardened material layer (1-1))/2nd laminating layer (adhesive layer (1))/2nd liquid crystal retardation layer The layer structure of (1) (hardened material layer (2-1))/third bonding layer (adhesive layer (2))/separation membrane.

〔實施例2〕 [Example 2]

除了將附基材層的偏光板(1)與附基材層的相位差積層體(1)隔著活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)貼合,並為了使活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)硬化,以UVB之累積光量成為約250mJ/cm2(以測定器:FusionUV公司製UV Power PuckII所得到之測定值)之方式照射紫外線以外,其餘係與實施例1同樣地施作而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(2)。 In addition to laminating the polarizing plate (1) with a base material layer and the retardation laminate (1) with a base material layer via the active energy ray curable composition (2), in order to make the active energy ray curable composition (2) Hardening was performed in the same manner as in Example 1, except that ultraviolet rays were irradiated so that the cumulative amount of UVB light became approximately 250 mJ/cm 2 (measurement value obtained with a measuring device: UV Power PuckII manufactured by FusionUV Corporation). An optical laminated body (2) with a separation film was obtained.

〔實施例3〕 [Example 3]

(附基材層的相位差積層體(3)之製作) (Preparation of phase difference laminate (3) with base material layer)

在上述得到的附基材層的第1液晶相位差層(2)之第1液晶相位差層側(2)、及附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2)之第2液晶相位差層(2)側分別施予電暈處理。在該電暈處理面,將剝離兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(1)之分離膜所得到的黏著劑層(1)貼合,獲得附基材層的相位差積層體(3)(相位差體(3))。附基材層的相位差積層體(3)係具有第2基材層(PET膜)/第1液晶相位差層(2)(光配向膜(2)/硬化物層(1-2))/第2貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第2液晶相位差層(2)(硬化物層(2-2)/垂直配向膜)/第2基材層(單面離型處理PET膜)之層結構。 The first liquid crystal retardation layer side (2) of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with a base material layer obtained above, and the second liquid crystal phase of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with a base material layer Corona treatment is applied to the difference layer (2) side respectively. On the corona-treated surface, the adhesive layer (1) obtained by peeling off the adhesive layer (1) with the separation film on both sides is bonded together to obtain a phase difference laminate (3) with a base material layer. Difference body (3)). The retardation laminated body (3) with a base material layer has a second base material layer (PET film)/first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (photo alignment film (2)/hardened material layer (1-2)) / 2nd laminating layer (adhesive layer (1)) / 2nd liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (hardened material layer (2-2) / vertical alignment film) / 2nd base material layer (single-sided release treatment) PET film) layer structure.

(附分離膜的光學積層體(3)之製作) (Preparation of optical laminate (3) with separation film)

在上述得到的附基材層的偏光板(1)之被覆層側進行電暈處理。然後,剝離在上述得到的附基材層的相位差積層體(3)之第1液晶相位差層(2)側的第2基材層(PET膜),在剝離面進行電暈處理。在第2基材層之剝離係PET膜被剝離,光配向膜(2)係未被剝離而殘留於硬化物層(1-2)上。將上述電暈處理面彼此,隔著上述調製出的活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)而貼合。然後,從附基材層的偏光板(1)側,以UVA之累積光量成為約250mJ/cm2(以測定器:FusionUV公司製UV Power PuckII所得到的測定值)之方式照射紫外線,使活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)硬化而形成屬於硬化物層之第1貼合層。第1貼合層之厚度為2μm。 Corona treatment is performed on the coating layer side of the polarizing plate (1) with a base material layer obtained above. Then, the second base material layer (PET film) on the first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) side of the retardation laminate with base material layer (3) obtained above is peeled off, and the peeled surface is subjected to corona treatment. During the peeling of the second base material layer, the PET film is peeled off, but the photo-alignment film (2) is not peeled off and remains on the cured material layer (1-2). The corona-treated surfaces are bonded together via the active energy ray curable composition (2) prepared above. Then, ultraviolet rays are irradiated from the side of the polarizing plate (1) with the base material layer so that the accumulated light amount of UVA becomes about 250 mJ/cm 2 (measurement value obtained with a measuring device: UV Power PuckII manufactured by FusionUV Corporation) to activate the The energy ray curable composition (2) is hardened to form the first bonding layer which is a hardened material layer. The thickness of the first bonding layer is 2 μm.

之後,在剝離附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2)之第2基材層(單面離型處理PET膜)而露出的面,貼合從兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(2)剝離其一之分離膜而露出的黏著劑層(2),剝離附基材層的偏光板(1)側之單面 離型處理PET膜,而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(3)。藉由第2基材層之剝離,單面離型處理PET膜被剝離,垂直配向膜係未被配向且殘留於硬化物層(2-2)上。附分離膜的光學積層體(3)係具有保護層(HC層)/液晶偏光件(光配向膜(1)/硬化物層)/被覆層/第1貼合層(活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)之硬化物層)/第1液晶相位差層(2)(光配向膜(2)/硬化物層(1-2))/第2貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第2液晶相位差層(2)(硬化物層(2-2)/垂直配向膜)/第3貼合層(黏著劑層(2))/分離膜之層結構。 After that, on the exposed surface of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with the base layer attached by peeling off the second base layer (single-sided release treated PET film), an adhesive layer (2) with release films attached from both sides is bonded. 2) Peel off the adhesive layer (2) exposed by one of the separation films, and peel off the single side of the polarizing plate (1) with the base material layer The PET film is subjected to release treatment to obtain an optical laminated body (3) with a release film. By peeling off the second base material layer, the single-sided release-treated PET film is peeled off, and the vertical alignment film is not aligned and remains on the hardened material layer (2-2). The optical laminated body (3) with a release film has a protective layer (HC layer)/liquid crystal polarizer (photo alignment film (1)/cured material layer)/covering layer/first bonding layer (active energy ray curable composition) Hardened material layer of object (2))/first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (photo alignment film (2)/hardened material layer (1-2))/second laminating layer (adhesive layer (1)) /Layer structure of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (hardened material layer (2-2)/vertical alignment film)/third laminating layer (adhesive layer (2))/separation film.

〔實施例4至6〕 [Examples 4 to 6]

除了使用表2及3所示者作為附基材層的偏光板及第3貼合層以外,其餘係與實施例3同樣地施作,而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(4)至(6)。 Except for using those shown in Tables 2 and 3 as the polarizing plate with a base material layer and the third lamination layer, the same procedure as in Example 3 was carried out to obtain optical laminates (4) to (4) with a separation film. 6).

〔實施例7〕 [Example 7]

除了使用表3所示者作為第3貼合層以外,其餘係與實施例2同樣地施作,而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(7)。 Except using what is shown in Table 3 as the third bonding layer, the same procedure as in Example 2 was carried out to obtain an optical laminated body (7) with a release film.

〔比較例1〕 [Comparative example 1]

(接著劑組成物之調製) (Preparation of adhesive composition)

混合以下所示的成分之後,進行脫泡,調製出陽離子聚合型之接著劑組成物。陽離子聚合起始劑係調配為50質量%碳酸伸丙酯溶液,並顯示其固形份量。 After mixing the components shown below, the mixture is defoamed to prepare a cationically polymerizable adhesive composition. The cationic polymerization initiator is prepared as a 50 mass% propyl carbonate solution, and its solid content is shown.

‧1,6-己烷二醇二環氧丙基醚(EX-212L、NAGASE CHEMTEX股份有限公司製):25份 ‧1,6-Hexanediol Diglycidyl Ether (EX-212L, manufactured by NAGASE CHEMTEX Co., Ltd.): 25 parts

‧4-羥基丁基乙烯基醚:10份 ‧4-hydroxybutyl vinyl ether: 10 parts

‧雙酚F型環氧樹脂(EXA-830CRP、DIC股份有限公司製):65份 ‧Bisphenol F epoxy resin (EXA-830CRP, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.): 65 parts

‧陽離子聚合起始劑(CPI-100P、SUNAPRO股份有限公司製、50質量%溶液):3份 ‧Cationic polymerization initiator (CPI-100P, manufactured by SUNAPRO Co., Ltd., 50 mass% solution): 3 parts

(附基材層的相位差積層體(c1)之製作) (Preparation of retardation laminated body (c1) with base material layer)

將上述得到的附基材層之第1液晶相位差層(2)與附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2),分別以第1液晶相位差層側(2)側及第2液晶相位差層(2)側成為貼合面之方式,隔著上述調製出的活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)而積層。然後,從附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2)側照射紫外線,而使活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)硬化,形成厚度2μm之第2貼合層,獲得附基材層的相位差積層體(c1)(相位差體(c1))。附基材層的相位差積層體(c1)係具有第2基材層(PET膜)/第1液晶相位差層(2)(光配向膜(2)/硬化物層(1-2))/第2貼合層(活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)之硬化物層)/第2液晶相位差層(2)(硬化物層(2-2)/垂直配向膜)/第2基材層(單面離型處理PET膜)之層結構。 The first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with a base material layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with a base material layer obtained above are placed on the first liquid crystal retardation layer side (2) side and the second liquid crystal retardation layer side (2) respectively. The liquid crystal retardation layer (2) is laminated via the active energy ray curable composition (1) prepared above so that the liquid crystal retardation layer (2) side becomes the bonding surface. Then, ultraviolet rays are irradiated from the side of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with the base material layer to harden the active energy ray curable composition (1) to form a second bonding layer with a thickness of 2 μm, thereby obtaining the base material layer. phase difference layered body (c1) (phase difference body (c1)). The retardation laminated body with a base material layer (c1) has a second base material layer (PET film)/first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (photo alignment film (2)/cured material layer (1-2)) /Second bonding layer (cured material layer of active energy ray curable composition (1))/Second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (cured material layer (2-2)/vertical alignment film)/Second base The layer structure of the material layer (single-sided release treated PET film).

(附分離膜的光學積層體(c1)之製作) (Preparation of optical laminate (c1) with separation film)

在上述得到的附基材層的偏光板(1)之被覆層側進行電暈處理。然後,剝離上述得到的附基材層的相位差積層體(c1)之第1液晶相位差層(2)側的第2基材層(PET膜),在剝離面進行電暈處理。在第2基材層之剝離中,PET膜被剝離,光配向膜(2)未被剝離而殘留於硬化物層(1-2)上。將上述電暈處理面彼此,隔著將兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(1)之分離膜剝離所得到的黏著劑層(1)而貼合,獲得積層結構體(c1)。 Corona treatment is performed on the coating layer side of the polarizing plate (1) with a base material layer obtained above. Then, the second base material layer (PET film) on the first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) side of the retardation laminate with base material layer (c1) obtained above was peeled off, and corona treatment was performed on the peeling surface. During the peeling of the second base material layer, the PET film is peeled off, but the photo-alignment film (2) is not peeled off and remains on the cured material layer (1-2). The corona-treated surfaces are bonded to each other through the adhesive layer (1) obtained by peeling off the release film of the adhesive layer (1) with release films attached to both surfaces, and a laminated structure (c1) is obtained.

對厚度13.00μm之環烯烴聚合物(COP)膜(日本ZEON股份有限公司製、ZF14)、及將上述得到的積層結構體(c1)之附基材層的偏光板(1)側之單面離型處理PET膜剝離而露出的面,施予電暈處理。將該電暈處 理面彼此隔著上述調製出的接著劑組成物而貼合,使用紫外線照射裝置(SPOT CURE SP-7、USHIO電機股份有限公司製)照射曝光量500mJ/cm2(365nm基準)之紫外線,形成厚度2.00μm之接著劑層。紫外線係從COP膜側照射。之後,在將附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2)之第2基材層剝離而露出的面,貼合從兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(2)剝離其一之分離膜而露出的黏著劑層(2),獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(c1)。藉由第2基材層之剝離,單面離型處理PET膜被剝離,垂直配向膜未被配向且殘留於硬化物層(2-2)上。附分離膜的光學積層體(c1)係具有保護層(COP膜/接著劑層/HC層)/液晶偏光件(光配向膜(1)/硬化物層)/被覆層/第1貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第1液晶相位差層(2)(光配向膜(2)/硬化物層(1-2))/第2貼合層(活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)之硬化物層)/第2液晶相位差層(2)(硬化物層(2-2)/垂直配向膜)/第3貼合層(黏著劑層(2))/分離膜之層結構。 A cycloolefin polymer (COP) film (ZF14, manufactured by Japan ZEON Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 13.00 μm, and the single side of the polarizing plate (1) side with the base layer of the laminated structure (c1) obtained above were Release treatment: The exposed surface of the PET film is peeled off and subjected to corona treatment. The corona-treated surfaces were bonded together through the adhesive composition prepared above, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (SPOT CURE SP-7, manufactured by USHIO Electric Co., Ltd.) was used to irradiate with an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 (365 nm standard). UV rays form an adhesive layer with a thickness of 2.00μm. The ultraviolet rays are irradiated from the COP film side. After that, on the surface of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with the base material layer peeled off and exposed, a separation film separated from one of the adhesive layers (2) with separation films attached on both sides is bonded. The exposed adhesive layer (2) is used to obtain an optical laminate (c1) with a separation film. By peeling off the second base material layer, the single-sided release-treated PET film is peeled off, and the vertical alignment film is not aligned and remains on the hardened material layer (2-2). The optical laminated body (c1) with a release film has a protective layer (COP film/adhesive layer/HC layer)/liquid crystal polarizer (photo alignment film (1)/hardened material layer)/covering layer/first bonding layer (Adhesive layer (1))/1st liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (photo alignment film (2)/hardened material layer (1-2))/2nd laminating layer (active energy ray curable composition ( 1) hardened material layer)/second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (hardened material layer (2-2)/vertical alignment film)/third laminating layer (adhesive layer (2))/separation film layer structure.

〔比較例2〕 [Comparative example 2]

除了使用厚度20.00μm之三乙酸纖維素(TAC)膜(KC2CT、KONICA MINOLTA股份有限公司製)取代COP膜,並將該TAC膜及從積層結構體(c1)剝離單面離型處理PET膜而露出之面貼合,從TAC膜側照射紫外線以外,其餘係依據比較例1之附分離膜的光學積層體(c2)的製作程序而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(c2)。 In addition to using a triacetyl cellulose (TAC) film (KC2CT, manufactured by KONICA MINOLTA Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 20.00 μm in place of the COP film, and peeling the TAC film and the single-sided release-treated PET film from the laminated structure (c1), The exposed surfaces were bonded and ultraviolet rays were irradiated from the TAC film side, and the optical laminated body with a separation film (c2) was obtained according to the manufacturing procedure of the optical laminated body with a separation film (c2) in Comparative Example 1.

〔比較例3〕 [Comparative example 3]

從上述得到的長條狀附基材層的偏光板(1),以長條之長度方向成為長邊之方式,切出長條狀附基材層的偏光板(1),對該偏光板(1)之被覆層側進行電暈處理。然後,將以實施例1之程序得到的附基材層的相位差積層體 (1)之第1液晶相位差層(1)側的第2基材層(COP膜)剝離,對剝離面進行電暈處理。配向膜亦與第2基材層之剝離一起剝離。剝離兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(1)之分離膜而得到的黏著劑層(1),使上述電暈處理面彼此以長邊互相重疊的方式,隔著該黏著劑層(1)貼合。 From the long polarizing plate with a base material layer (1) obtained above, cut out the long polarizing plate (1) with a base material layer in such a way that the length direction of the strip becomes the long side. (1) Corona treatment is performed on the coating side. Then, the retardation laminated body with the base material layer obtained by the procedure of Example 1 was used. (1) The second base material layer (COP film) on the side of the first liquid crystal retardation layer (1) is peeled off, and the peeled surface is subjected to corona treatment. The alignment film is also peeled off together with the peeling off of the second base material layer. The adhesive layer (1) obtained by peeling off the separation film of the adhesive layer (1) with the separation film attached to both sides is pasted across the adhesive layer (1) so that the corona-treated surfaces overlap each other with their long sides. combine.

之後,在剝離附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(1)之第2基材層(TAC膜)而露出的面,貼合從兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(3)剝離其一之分離膜而露出的黏著劑層(3),剝離附基材層的偏光板(1)側之單面離型處理PET膜,而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(c3)。配向膜亦與第2基材層之剝離一起剝離。附分離膜的光學積層體(c3)係具有保護層(HC層)/液晶偏光件(光配向膜(1)/硬化物層)/被覆層/第1貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第1液晶相位差層(1)(硬化物層(1-1))/第2貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第2液晶相位差層(1)(硬化物層(2-1))/第3貼合層(黏著劑層(3))/分離膜之層結構。 After that, the second base material layer (TAC film) of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (1) with the base material layer is peeled off and the exposed surface is bonded to the adhesive layer (3) with the release film attached on both sides, and one of them is peeled off. The adhesive layer (3) exposed by the separation film is peeled off the single-sided release-processed PET film on the side of the polarizing plate (1) with the base material layer, and an optical laminate (c3) with a separation film is obtained. The alignment film is also peeled off together with the peeling off of the second base material layer. The optical laminate with a release film (c3) has a protective layer (HC layer)/liquid crystal polarizer (photo alignment film (1)/hardened material layer)/covering layer/first bonding layer (adhesive layer (1) )/1st liquid crystal retardation layer (1) (hardened material layer (1-1))/2nd laminating layer (adhesive layer (1))/2nd liquid crystal retardation layer (1) (hardened material layer ( 2-1))/The third laminating layer (adhesive layer (3))/layer structure of the separation membrane.

〔比較例4〕 [Comparative Example 4]

對上述得到的附基材層的偏光板(1)之被覆層側進行電暈處理。然後,將以實施例3之程序得到的附基材層的相位差積層體(3)之第1液晶相位差層(2)側的第2基材層(PET膜)剝離,對剝離面進行電暈處理。在第2基材層之剝離中,PET膜被剝離,光配向膜(2)未被剝離且殘留於硬化物層(1-2)上。將上述之電暈處理面彼此,隔著剝離兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(1)之分離膜所得到的黏著劑層(1)而貼合。 The coating layer side of the polarizing plate (1) with a base material layer obtained above is subjected to corona treatment. Then, the second base material layer (PET film) on the first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) side of the retardation laminate with base material layer (3) obtained by the procedure of Example 3 was peeled off, and the peeled surface was Corona treatment. During the peeling of the second base material layer, the PET film is peeled off, but the photo-alignment film (2) is not peeled off and remains on the cured material layer (1-2). The above-mentioned corona-treated surfaces are bonded to each other through the adhesive layer (1) obtained by peeling off the adhesive layer (1) with the release film attached on both sides.

之後,在剝離附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2)之第2基材層(單面離型處理PET膜)而露出的面,貼合從兩面附分離膜的黏著劑層(3)剝離其一之分離膜而露出的黏著劑層(3),剝離附基材層的偏光板(1)側之單面 離型處理PET膜,而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(c4)。藉由第2基材層之剝離,單面離型處理PET膜被剝離,垂直配向膜未被配向且殘留於硬化物層(2-2)上。附分離膜的光學積層體(c4)係具有保護層(HC層)/液晶偏光件(光配向膜(1)/硬化物層)/被覆層/第1貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第1液晶相位差層(2)(光配向膜(2)/硬化物層(1-2))/第2貼合層(黏著劑層(1))/第2液晶相位差層(2)(硬化物層(2-2)/垂直配向膜)/第3貼合層(黏著劑層(3))/分離膜之層結構。 After that, on the exposed surface of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with the base layer attached by peeling off the second base layer (single-sided release treated PET film), an adhesive layer (2) with release films attached from both sides is bonded. 3) Peel off the adhesive layer (3) exposed by one of the separation films, and peel off the single side of the polarizing plate (1) with the base material layer The PET film was subjected to release treatment to obtain an optical laminated body with a release film (c4). By peeling off the second base material layer, the single-sided release-treated PET film is peeled off, and the vertical alignment film is not aligned and remains on the hardened material layer (2-2). The optical laminated body with a release film (c4) has a protective layer (HC layer)/liquid crystal polarizer (optical alignment film (1)/hardened material layer)/covering layer/first bonding layer (adhesive layer (1) )/1st liquid crystal retardation layer (2) (photo alignment film (2)/hardened material layer (1-2))/2nd laminating layer (adhesive layer (1))/2nd liquid crystal retardation layer ( 2) The layer structure of (hardened material layer (2-2)/vertical alignment film)/third laminating layer (adhesive layer (3))/separation film.

〔比較例5〕 [Comparative example 5]

使在上述得到的附基材層之第1液晶相位差層(2)與附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2),分別以第1液晶相位差層側(2)側及第2液晶相位差層(2)側成為貼合面之方式,隔著活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)而積層。然後,從附基材層的第2液晶相位差層(2)側照射紫外線,而使活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)硬化,形成厚度2μm之第2貼合層,而獲得附基材層的相位差積層體(c5)。 The first liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with a base material layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) with a base material layer obtained above are placed on the first liquid crystal retardation layer side (2) side and the second liquid crystal retardation layer side (2) respectively. 2 The liquid crystal retardation layer (2) is laminated via the active energy ray curable composition (2) so that the side becomes the bonding surface. Then, ultraviolet rays are irradiated from the side of the second liquid crystal retardation layer (2) of the layer with a base material to harden the active energy ray curable composition (2) to form a second bonding layer with a thickness of 2 μm, thereby obtaining a layer with a base material. Phase difference laminate of layers (c5).

除了使用附基材層的相位差積層體(c5)取代附基材層的相位差積層體(3),使用表5所示者作為第3貼合層以外,其餘係與比較例4同樣地施作,而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(c5)。 It was the same as Comparative Example 4, except that the retardation laminated body with a base material layer (c5) was used instead of the retardation laminated body with a base material layer (3), and the one shown in Table 5 was used as the third bonding layer. This was performed to obtain an optical laminate (c5) with a separation film.

〔比較例6〕 [Comparative Example 6]

除了使用以比較例1之程序製作出的積層結構體(c1)取代附基材層的相位差積層體(3),並使用表5所示者作為第3貼合層以外,其餘係與比較例4同樣地施作,而獲得附分離膜的光學積層體(c6)。 Except that the laminated structure (c1) produced by the procedure of Comparative Example 1 was used instead of the retardation laminated body (3) with the base material layer, and the ones shown in Table 5 were used as the third bonding layer, the rest were the same as those for comparison. The same procedure was carried out as in Example 4, and an optical laminated body (c6) with a separation film was obtained.

[黏著劑層之厚度之比率(Dt/D1)之計算] [Calculation of the ratio of the thickness of the adhesive layer (Dt/D1)]

將從保護層之與液晶偏光件側為相反側之表面,至第3貼合層之與第2液晶相位差層側為相反側之表面為止的距離設為D1(圖1),第1貼合層、第2貼合層、及第3貼合層之中的Tg為25℃以下之層(黏著劑層)的合計厚度設為Dt,算出厚度比率[%](=Dt/D1×100)。活性能量線硬化性組成物(1)之硬化物層、及活性能量線硬化性組成物(2)之硬化物層係依據上述程序測定時,皆為超過25℃。在實施例中,合計厚度Dt係成為第2貼合層之厚度與第3貼合層之厚度的合計厚度D2。結果示於表2至5中。 Let the distance from the surface of the protective layer on the opposite side to the liquid crystal polarizer side to the surface of the third bonding layer on the opposite side to the second liquid crystal retardation layer be D1 (Figure 1). Let the total thickness of the layer (adhesive layer) with a Tg of 25°C or less among the laminating layer, the second bonding layer, and the third bonding layer be Dt, and calculate the thickness ratio [%] (=Dt/D1×100 ). When the cured material layer of the active energy ray curable composition (1) and the cured material layer of the active energy ray curable composition (2) were measured according to the above procedure, both exceeded 25°C. In the embodiment, the total thickness Dt is the total thickness D2 of the thickness of the second bonding layer and the thickness of the third bonding layer. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 5.

[濕熱試驗] [Damp heat test]

將上述得到的附分離膜之光學積層體切成30mm×30mm之大小,在剝離分離膜而露出的第3貼合層,貼合無鹼玻璃(CORNING公司製、EAGLE XG(註冊商標)、厚度0.7mm)作為試驗用試樣。在分光光度計(日本分光製、V7100)以保護層側成為入射面之方式設置試驗用試樣,測定平行於液晶偏光件之穿透軸方向的穿透光之視感度修正穿透率,以此作為初期之視感度修正穿透率Typ0。 The optical laminate with a release film obtained above was cut into a size of 30 mm × 30 mm, and the third bonding layer exposed by peeling off the release film was bonded with alkali-free glass (EAGLE XG (registered trademark) manufactured by CORNING Co., Ltd., thickness 0.7mm) as the test sample. The test sample was set up in a spectrophotometer (V7100 manufactured by Japan Spectroscopic Co., Ltd.) with the protective layer side becoming the incident surface, and the visual sensitivity-corrected transmittance of the transmitted light in the direction parallel to the transmission axis of the liquid crystal polarizer was measured. This is the initial visual sensitivity correction transmittance Ty p 0.

接著,進行將試驗用試樣置入設定於溫度65℃、相對濕度90%之烘箱而靜置500小時之濕熱試驗,從烘箱取出試驗用試樣。之後,在溫度25℃、相對濕度55%之環境下使試驗用試樣靜置6小時後,對於該試驗用試樣,與上述程序同樣地施作而測定平行於液晶偏光件之穿透軸方向的穿透光之視感度修正穿透率,以此作為濕熱試驗後之視感度修正穿透率Typ1。算出濕熱試驗後之視感度修正穿透率Typ1與初期之視感度修正穿透率Typ0之差△Typ(=Typ1-Typ0),並依據下列基準進行評估。 Next, a moist heat test was performed in which the test sample was placed in an oven set at a temperature of 65°C and a relative humidity of 90% and left to stand for 500 hours, and the test sample was taken out from the oven. After that, the test sample is allowed to stand for 6 hours in an environment with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity of 55%. The same procedure as above is performed on the test sample to measure the transmission axis parallel to the liquid crystal polarizer. The visual sensitivity corrected transmittance of the transmitted light in the direction is used as the visual sensitivity corrected transmittance Ty p 1 after the heat and humidity test. Calculate the difference ΔTy p (=Ty p 1-Ty p 0) between the visual sensitivity corrected transmittance Ty p 1 after the damp heat test and the initial visual sensitivity corrected transmittance Ty p 0, and evaluate based on the following standards.

A:差△Typ為0%以上且未達1%。 A: The difference △Ty p is more than 0% and less than 1%.

B:差△Typ為1%以上且未達3%。 B: The difference △Ty p is more than 1% and less than 3%.

C:差△Typ為3%以上。 C: The difference △Ty p is more than 3%.

[刮劃試驗] [Scratch test]

使用在上述得到的附分離膜的光學積層體,形成第2貼合層1小時之後,且在偏光板與第1液晶相位差層之間形成第1貼合層30分鐘後,以上述耐衝撃性試驗說明的程序製作試驗用試樣。在試驗用試樣之光學積層體側的表面(保護層側之表面),藉由刮劃式硬度計(德國Erichsen公司製、型號318、球直徑0.75mm)施加5N之荷重,一邊抵押該荷重一邊在上述表面上以速度1cm/s移動。之後,在表1所示的螢光燈之照度及反射之條件下,從正面方向及斜方向觀察試驗用試樣之光學積層體的保護層側,依照有無辨識到刮劃傷,依下述表1所示的基準進行評估。結果示於表2至5中。此外,下述評估A至D皆為實際使用上所容許之範圍內。 Using the optical laminate with a release film obtained above, one hour after forming the second bonding layer, and 30 minutes after forming the first bonding layer between the polarizing plate and the first liquid crystal retardation layer, the above-mentioned impact resistance was Prepare test specimens according to the procedures described in the sex test. A load of 5N was applied to the surface of the optical laminated body side of the test sample (the surface of the protective layer side) with a scratch-type hardness tester (manufactured by Erichsen, Germany, model 318, ball diameter 0.75mm) while maintaining the load. One side moves on the above surface at a speed of 1cm/s. After that, under the illumination and reflection conditions of the fluorescent lamp shown in Table 1, observe the protective layer side of the optical laminate of the test sample from the front direction and the oblique direction. Depending on whether scratches are recognized, proceed as follows: The benchmarks shown in Table 1 are evaluated. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 5. In addition, the following evaluations A to D are within the allowable range for actual use.

[表1]

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0082-25
[Table 1]
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0082-25

[彎曲性試驗(1):反射色相之評估] [Flexibility test (1): Evaluation of reflective hue]

從上述得到的附分離膜的光學積層體,使用超級切割刀,以液晶偏光件之吸收軸與長邊成為平行之方式,切出長邊110mm×短邊10mm之長方形的小片的試驗片。 From the optical laminate with a separation film obtained above, use a super cutter to cut out a small rectangular test piece with a long side of 110 mm and a short side of 10 mm so that the absorption axis of the liquid crystal polarizer becomes parallel to the long side.

如圖2(a)所示,在具有可個別地移動的二個夾具501、502之彎曲試驗機,以試驗片500之保護層側成為內側且彎曲軸平行於短邊之方式,使試驗片500成為彎曲之狀態,使試驗片500之長邊側的端部分別以黏著膠帶固定於夾具501、502,以夾具501、502之間隔L成為70mm之方式調節夾具501、502之位置。之後,如圖2(b)所示,以間隔L成為4.0mm(彎曲半徑2R)之方式,朝箭號A之方向移動夾具501而使試驗片500更彎曲,之後,使夾具501朝箭號B之方向移動而使間隔L返回至70mm之一連串的動作計算為1次,在溫度25℃、相對濕度55%之環境下,使上述動作連續重複10萬次。夾具501之移動速度為1.32m/秒,改變上述之間隔L的動作重複10萬次所需要的時間為27.8小時。重複上述動作10萬次後,從彎曲試驗機取出試驗片500,解放試驗片500之彎曲,剝離分離膜而使第3貼合層露出,在其露出面貼合附鋁蒸鍍膜的PET膜(TORAY膜加工公司製、商品名「#50 DMS(X42)」)之鋁蒸鍍膜面側並製成貼合體。從貼合體之保護層側以正面視,確認有無沿著彎曲軸之部分的反射色相之不均,依據下列基準進行評估。結果示於表2至5中。 As shown in Figure 2(a), in a bending testing machine having two individually movable clamps 501 and 502, the test piece 500 is bent so that the protective layer side of the test piece 500 becomes inside and the bending axis is parallel to the short side. 500 is in a bent state, and the ends of the long sides of the test piece 500 are respectively fixed to the clamps 501 and 502 with adhesive tapes, and the positions of the clamps 501 and 502 are adjusted so that the distance L between the clamps 501 and 502 becomes 70 mm. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 2(b) , the jig 501 is moved in the direction of arrow A so that the distance L becomes 4.0 mm (bending radius 2R) to further bend the test piece 500 , and then the jig 501 is moved in the direction of arrow A. A series of movements in the direction of B to return the distance L to 70mm is counted as one time. In an environment with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity of 55%, the above movements are continuously repeated 100,000 times. The moving speed of the clamp 501 is 1.32m/second, and the time required to repeat the above action of changing the interval L 100,000 times is 27.8 hours. After repeating the above operation 100,000 times, take out the test piece 500 from the bending tester, release the bend of the test piece 500, peel off the separation film to expose the third bonding layer, and bond the PET film with an aluminum vapor deposition film ( The surface of the aluminum vapor-deposited film (manufactured by TORAY Film Processing Co., Ltd., trade name "#50 DMS (X42)") is made into a bonded body. Check the front view from the protective layer side of the bonded body to see if there is any uneven reflection hue along the bending axis, and evaluate based on the following criteria. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 5.

A:未辨識到反射色相之不均。 A: Uneven reflection hue is not recognized.

B:反射色相之不均不顯注,但被辨識到。 B: The uneven reflection hue is not noticeable, but is recognized.

C:反射色相之不均顯注。 C: The uneven reflection hue is obvious.

[彎曲性試驗(2):第3貼合層之剝離的評估] [Flexibility test (2): Evaluation of peeling of the third bonding layer]

從上述得到的附分離膜的光學積層體,使用超級切割刀,以液晶偏光件之吸收軸與長邊成為平行之方式,切出長邊110mm×短邊10mm之長方形的小片。從該小片剝離分離膜而使第3貼合層露出,在其露出面貼合附鋁蒸鍍膜的PET膜(TORAY膜加工公司製、商品名「#50 DMS(X42)」)之鋁蒸鍍膜面側作為試驗片。 From the optical laminate with a separation film obtained above, use a super cutter to cut out rectangular pieces with a long side of 110 mm and a short side of 10 mm so that the absorption axis of the liquid crystal polarizer becomes parallel to the long side. The separation film was peeled off from the small piece to expose the third bonding layer, and an aluminum vapor-deposited PET film (trade name "#50 DMS (X42)" manufactured by TORAY Film Processing Co., Ltd.) with an aluminum vapor-deposited film was bonded to the exposed surface. The face side serves as a test piece.

除了使用該試驗片以外,其餘係使用彎曲性試驗(1)之彎曲試驗機,以在彎曲性試驗(1)說明之條件重複10萬次改變間隔L之動作。重複上述動作10萬次之後,解放從彎曲試驗機取出之試驗片的彎曲,從試驗片之保護層側以正面視確認有無第3貼合層之剝離,並依據下列基準進行評估。在第3貼合層產生剝離時,剝離係產生自試驗片之端部,故剝離之大小係設為從產生剝離的試驗片之端部至剝離的試驗片之與端部側為相反側為止的最短距離。結果示於表2至5。 In addition to using this test piece, the bending testing machine used in the bending test (1) was used, and the action of changing the interval L was repeated 100,000 times under the conditions described in the bending test (1). After repeating the above operation 100,000 times, release the bending of the test piece taken out from the bending testing machine, and confirm whether the third bonding layer has peeled off from the front of the protective layer side of the test piece, and evaluate based on the following standards. When the third bonding layer peels off, the peeling occurs from the end of the test piece, so the size of the peeling is defined as from the end of the test piece where peeling occurs to the side opposite to the end of the peeled test piece. the shortest distance. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 5.

A:未確認到第3貼合層之剝離。 A: Peeling of the third bonding layer was not confirmed.

B:確認到未達100μm之大小的第3貼合層之剝離。 B: Peeling of the third bonding layer with a size less than 100 μm was confirmed.

C:確認到100μm以上之大小的第3貼合層之剝離。 C: Peeling of the third bonding layer with a size of 100 μm or more was confirmed.

[加工性試驗] [Processability test]

在上述得到的附分離膜的光學積層體之保護層側的表面貼合表面保護膜,將此以液晶偏光件之吸收軸相對於長邊成為+45°之方式切割成長方形,而作為加工用試樣。表面保護膜係對於保護層以可剝離的方式貼附,並可將附分離膜的光學積層體之形狀原樣保持且被剝離的膜。 A surface protective film is attached to the surface of the protective layer side of the optical laminate with a release film obtained above, and this is cut into a rectangular shape such that the absorption axis of the liquid crystal polarizer becomes +45° with respect to the long side, and is used for processing. Sample. The surface protective film is a film that is releasably attached to the protective layer and can be peeled off while maintaining the shape of the optical laminate to which the release film is attached.

在加工性試驗中,使用端面加工裝置進行研磨加工,並觀察有無產生在研磨端面之第1液晶相位差層及第2液晶相位差層之龜裂。依據圖3說明端面加工裝置。圖3係示意性表示端面加工裝置之概略剖面圖。在端面加工裝置中,可藉由具備支撐部50及2個旋轉工具60之裝置,而進行加工用試樣之積層物W的研磨加工。支撐部50係以使積層物W從上下進行擠壓,而使積層物W本身在研磨加工中不會移動及使經重疊之加工用試樣不會偏移之方式,而用以進行固定等者。旋轉工具60係用以將積層物W之端面進行研磨加工者,且可以旋轉軸R作為中心進行旋轉。支撐部50係可為具備:平板狀之基板(積層物W之移動手段)51;配置於基板51上之門形的框體52;配置於基板51上且可以中心軸作為中心而旋轉的旋轉桌台53;設於與框體52中之旋轉桌台53為對向的位置,且可上下移動的活塞(Cylinder)54。積層物W係藉由旋轉桌台53與活塞54而隔著夾架55被夾住並固定。在基板51之兩側,2個旋轉工具60係被設置成互相相向。旋轉工具60係因應積層物W之大小而可沿著旋轉軸R的方向移動,基板51係以可通過2個旋轉工具60之間的方式移動。當研磨加工時,使積層物W固定於支撐部50,並適當地調整旋轉工具60之旋轉軸方向的位置後,一邊使旋轉工具60以此等旋轉軸R為中心而旋轉,一邊以積層物W通過相向的旋轉工具60之間的方式使基板51移動。藉此,可進行研磨加工,該研磨加工係沿著平行於積層物W之端面的方向且與積層方向正交的方向,一邊相對於積層物W使旋轉工具60相對移動,一邊使旋轉工具60所具有的研磨刀刃底接在積層物W之相向的露出之端面而研磨此等之端面。 In the processability test, the end surface processing device was used for polishing processing, and whether cracks occurred in the first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer on the polished end surface was observed. The end surface processing device will be described based on FIG. 3 . Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view schematically showing the end face processing device. In the end surface processing device, the laminate W of the sample for processing can be polished by a device provided with the support part 50 and the two rotating tools 60 . The support part 50 is used for fixing, etc., in such a manner that the laminated object W is pressed from above and below so that the laminated object W itself does not move during the polishing process and the overlapped processing sample does not shift. By. The rotary tool 60 is used for grinding the end surface of the laminated material W, and can be rotated around the rotation axis R. The support part 50 may be provided with: a flat base plate (a moving means for the laminated object W) 51; a door-shaped frame 52 disposed on the base plate 51; and a rotary device disposed on the base plate 51 and capable of rotating around a central axis. Table 53; a piston (Cylinder) 54 located in a position opposite to the rotating table 53 in the frame 52 and capable of moving up and down. The laminated object W is clamped and fixed via the clamping frame 55 by the rotating table 53 and the piston 54 . On both sides of the base plate 51, two rotating tools 60 are arranged facing each other. The rotary tool 60 is movable in the direction of the rotation axis R according to the size of the laminated object W, and the substrate 51 is movable so as to pass between the two rotary tools 60 . During the grinding process, the laminated product W is fixed to the support part 50 and the position of the rotating tool 60 in the direction of the rotation axis is appropriately adjusted. Then, while the rotating tool 60 is rotated around the rotation axis R, the laminated product W moves the substrate 51 between the opposing rotating tools 60 . Thereby, it is possible to perform a grinding process in which the rotating tool 60 is moved relative to the laminated object W in a direction parallel to the end surface of the laminated object W and orthogonal to the laminating direction. The grinding blade provided is in contact with the exposed end surfaces facing each other of the laminate W to grind these end surfaces.

使用圖3所示的端面加工裝置,並以下述所示的研磨條件,將加工用試樣研磨加工成120mm×50mm之長方形(俯視)。 Using the end surface processing device shown in Figure 3 and the grinding conditions shown below, the sample for processing was ground into a rectangle of 120 mm × 50 mm (planar view).

進行研磨加工時之加工用試樣的積層片數:100片 Number of laminated samples for processing when performing grinding processing: 100 pieces

從兩面擠壓進行研磨加工之積層物W的挾壓:0.1MPa The clamping pressure of the laminate W for grinding by extrusion from both sides: 0.1MPa

積層物W與旋轉工具60之間的相對移動速度:3500mm/min Relative movement speed between the laminated object W and the rotating tool 60: 3500mm/min

旋轉工具60之旋轉速度:5400rpm Rotary speed of rotary tool 60: 5400rpm

輸送節距(從相對移動速度除以旋轉工具60之旋轉速度與旋轉工具60進行1旋轉時研磨刀刃接觸端面的次數之值):0.32mm Conveying pitch (the value calculated by dividing the relative movement speed by the rotational speed of the rotating tool 60 and the number of times the grinding blade contacts the end face when the rotating tool 60 performs one rotation): 0.32mm

研磨刀刃進入方向:使加工用試樣之端面從分離膜側朝向表面保護膜側而研磨刀刃進入的方向 Grinding blade entry direction: The end surface of the processing sample is directed from the separation membrane side to the surface protection film side and the grinding blade entry direction

從研磨加工後之加工用試樣,在剝離分離膜而露出之第3貼合層貼合附鋁蒸鍍膜的PET膜(TORAY膜加工公司製、商品名「#50 DMS(X42)」)之鋁蒸鍍膜面側而作為貼合體。從貼合體之保護層側使用光學顯微鏡VHX-1000(KEYENCE公司製),依據下列基準進行評估。龜裂之大小係設為在保護層之俯視內切龜裂之真圓的直徑。結果示於表2至5。 From the processing sample after the polishing process, a PET film with an aluminum vapor deposition film (trade name "#50 DMS (X42)" manufactured by TORAY Film Processing Co., Ltd.) was bonded to the third bonding layer exposed by peeling off the separation film. Aluminum is deposited on the film side to form a bonded body. Using an optical microscope VHX-1000 (manufactured by Keyence Corporation) from the protective layer side of the bonded body, evaluation was performed based on the following standards. The size of the crack is set as the diameter of a true circle inscribed in the crack when viewed from above on the protective layer. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 5.

A:未觀察到龜裂。 A: No cracks were observed.

B:觀察到未達200μm之大小的龜裂。 B: Cracks with a size of less than 200 μm were observed.

C:觀察到200μm以上之大小的龜裂。 C: Cracks with a size of 200 μm or more are observed.

[表2]

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0087-26
[Table 2]
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0087-26

[表3]

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0088-27
[table 3]
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0088-27

[表4]

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0089-28
[Table 4]
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0089-28

[表5]

Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0090-29
[table 5]
Figure 111129382-A0202-12-0090-29

1:光學積層體 1: Optical laminated body

10:偏光板 10:Polarizing plate

11:保護層 11:Protective layer

15:液晶偏光件 15:LCD polarizer

18:被覆層(第2保護層) 18: Covering layer (second protective layer)

21:第1液晶相位差層 21: 1st liquid crystal phase difference layer

22:第2液晶相位差層 22: Second liquid crystal phase difference layer

31:第1貼合層 31: 1st laminating layer

32:第2貼合層 32: 2nd laminating layer

33:第3貼合層 33: The third laminating layer

38:分離膜 38:Separation membrane

Claims (5)

一種光學積層體,係依序包含保護層、液晶偏光件、第1貼合層、第1液晶相位差層、第2貼合層、第2液晶相位差層、及第3貼合層,其中, An optical laminate including a protective layer, a liquid crystal polarizer, a first bonding layer, a first liquid crystal retardation layer, a second bonding layer, a second liquid crystal retardation layer, and a third bonding layer in this order, wherein , 前述液晶偏光件係包含第1液晶組成物的硬化物層,該第1液晶組成物的硬化物層含有二色性色素及聚合性液晶化合物, The liquid crystal polarizing element includes a cured material layer of a first liquid crystal composition, and the cured material layer of the first liquid crystal composition contains a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, 前述第1液晶相位差層及前述第2液晶相位差層皆包含含有聚合性液晶化合物之第2液晶組成物的硬化物層, The first liquid crystal retardation layer and the second liquid crystal retardation layer both include a hardened material layer of a second liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, 前述第1貼合層係活性能量線硬化性組成物之硬化物層, The aforementioned first bonding layer is a hardened material layer of an active energy ray curable composition, 前述第2貼合層及前述第3貼合層之玻璃轉移溫度皆為25℃以下。 The glass transition temperatures of the aforementioned second bonding layer and the aforementioned third bonding layer are both 25°C or lower. 如請求項1所述之光學積層體,其中,前述第1貼合層為自由基聚合性接著劑組成物之硬化物層。 The optical laminate according to claim 1, wherein the first bonding layer is a hardened material layer of a radically polymerizable adhesive composition. 如請求項1或2所述之光學積層體,其中,前述保護層、前述液晶偏光件、前述第1液晶相位差層、及前述第2液晶相位差層之厚度皆為未達20.0μm。 The optical laminate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the thickness of the protective layer, the liquid crystal polarizer, the first liquid crystal retardation layer, and the second liquid crystal retardation layer is less than 20.0 μm. 如請求項1或2所述之光學積層體,其中,將從前述保護層之與前述液晶偏光件側為相反側之表面至前述第3貼合層之與前述第2液晶相位差層側為相反側之表面的距離設為D1[μm]時, The optical laminated body according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the distance from the surface of the protective layer on the opposite side to the liquid crystal polarizer side to the side of the third bonding layer on the side of the second liquid crystal retardation layer is When the distance from the opposite surface is D1 [μm], 前述第2貼合層及前述第3貼合層之合計厚度D2[μm]為D1之40%以上70%以下。 The total thickness D2 [μm] of the second bonding layer and the third bonding layer is 40% or more and 70% or less of D1. 如請求項1或2所述之光學積層體,係更具有被覆前述液晶偏光件之前述第1貼合層側的表面之被覆層。 The optical laminate according to claim 1 or 2 further includes a coating layer that covers the surface of the liquid crystal polarizer on the first bonding layer side.
TW111129382A 2022-07-29 2022-08-04 Optical laminate TW202404815A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022121602A JP2024018330A (en) 2022-07-29 2022-07-29 optical laminate
JP2022-121602 2022-07-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202404815A true TW202404815A (en) 2024-02-01

Family

ID=89705953

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111129382A TW202404815A (en) 2022-07-29 2022-08-04 Optical laminate

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2024018330A (en)
TW (1) TW202404815A (en)
WO (1) WO2024024119A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20200133756A (en) * 2018-03-23 2020-11-30 도요보 가부시키가이샤 Electroluminescence display device
WO2020170697A1 (en) * 2019-02-22 2020-08-27 住友化学株式会社 Laminate and image display device
KR20210095553A (en) * 2020-01-23 2021-08-02 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Optical laminate, optical laminate with bonding layer, and method for manufacturing the same
KR20220150283A (en) * 2020-03-19 2022-11-10 수미토모 케미칼 컴퍼니 리미티드 Circular Polarizer and Optical Laminate
JP2021179599A (en) * 2020-05-11 2021-11-18 住友化学株式会社 Circularly polarizing plate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2024024119A1 (en) 2024-02-01
JP2024018330A (en) 2024-02-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI732772B (en) Laminated body, circularly polarizing plate including laminated body, display device including laminated body
JPWO2020044750A1 (en) Circularly polarizing plate and image display device using it
TWI808224B (en) Optical film
WO2022239767A1 (en) Laminate and display device
WO2024024119A1 (en) Optical laminate
TW202405536A (en) Optical laminate
JP2024018945A (en) optical laminate
TW202409620A (en) Circularly polarizing plate
JP2024018946A (en) Circularly polarizing plate
JP7355955B1 (en) optical laminate
CN117471594A (en) Optical laminate
JP2024092935A (en) Optical laminate and method for producing same
CN117471595A (en) Circular polarizing plate
JP2024018583A (en) Optical laminate and method of manufacturing the same
JP2024094255A (en) Optical laminate and image display device
JP2024094250A (en) Optical laminate and image display device
JP2024093832A (en) Optical laminate and image display device
WO2024038667A1 (en) Optical laminated body and method for manufacturing same
CN117471598A (en) Optical laminate and method for producing same
TW202413094A (en) Optical laminate and manufacturing method thereof
CN118259392A (en) Optical laminate and method for producing same
KR20240102855A (en) Optical laminate and method for manufacturing the same
KR20240104005A (en) Optical laminate and image display device
CN118259393A (en) Optical laminate and image display device
KR20240103993A (en) Optical laminate and image display device